You are on page 1of 92

general

management
Energy Security A Foundation Course in
and Climate Human Values and Professional Ethics
Change Presenting a universal approach to value
education – through self-exploration
R V SHAHI
R R GAUR
R SANGAL
G P BAGARIA

Mr. Shahi has written an extremely useful book on energy This textbook, designed for a foundation course on Human Values and Professional
security. Having held important positions in the private and Ethics, is an outcome of the long-drawn search, visualization and extensive experimentation
public sectors, he has a deep understanding of the problems of
by the authors and their colleagues towards evolving an effective and universally acceptable
the energy sector both at the policy and operational levels.
methodology for introducing value education in the present curricula of technical and
Infrastructure is a key factor in the development process.
Within infrastructure, the energy sector occupies an important
other professional institutions. Thus, it is in response to a long-felt and urgent need to
place. Shahi offers a number of suggestions for improving the integrate value education with professional skills in the present-day education system. A
energy availability in our country. The book is comprehensive unique methodology focusing on the right understanding of the human reality vis-à-vis
in as much as it deals with every form of energy, conventional rest of existence has been systematically presented. This involves the discovery of the
and non-conventional. Shahi is deeply committed to reform inherent harmony and co-existence in the existence through self-exploration, forming
the power sector and shows how the reform agenda can be the basis of universal human values and facilitating transformation towards a holistic
taken forward. For anyone wanting to understand the Indian world-view or the ‘human consciousness’. The book is presented in three main sections,
energy scene, Shahi’s book is an invaluable guide. namely:
Dr. C Rangarajan, Chairman, Prime Minister’s
Economic Advisory Council Introduction to Value Education
“Mr. Shahi’s book on Energy Security and Climate Change Understanding the Harmony at various Levels
covers an extensive range of subjects that have major
implications for the security of energy supply in India and
Implications of the Right Understanding in Life and Profession.
the combined challenge of dealing with climate change both Unlike the conventional treatment, the issues in Professional Ethics are analyzed in the
nationally and internationally. With his knowledge and context of right understanding with the main focus on the development of Ethical
experience, I am sure the book would provide useful Competence in the individuals. The book concludes by proposing several salient steps to
information and knowledge for its readers.”
undertake the journey towards holistic and value-based living.
R.K. Pachauri, Director General, The Energy and
Resources Institute (TERI) & Chairman,
SALIENT FEATURES:
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC)
The unique features of this book are:
The book, Energy Security and Climate Change, by R.V. It presents a universal approach to value education by developing the right understanding
Shahi, is a fascinating review, a journal of the main issues
of reality through the process of self-exploration.
concerning energy in India over the past two years. The
The whole course is presented in the form of a dialogue, whereby a set of proposals about
reader will find facts, opinions of key players, and a synthesis
of the author’s views on this essential issue. It is written in
various aspects of the reality are presented and the students are encouraged to self-explore
lively, direct language, allowing easy reading. It is particularly and self-verify these on the basis of their natural acceptance and experiential validation.
interesting for foreign readers because it allows the reader to The prime focus throughout the book is towards affecting a qualitative change in the
understand India’s complexity. First, India must reconcile consciousness of the reader, a change in the world-view rather than on mere information
improvement of the material well-being of the poor which transfer.
make up a large part of its population with a responsible While introducing the alternative holistic world-view and its implications, a critical appraisal
attitude toward the environment. Second, India’s status as of the consequences of the prevailing world-view is also made to enable the students to
the world’s largest democracy, also poses a huge challenge of discern the difference in their own right.
governance taking into account both federal policies and a The style of presentation is kept simple and student-friendly with ample repetitions to
variety of state policies. Because of the great interest of this bring home the core concepts. Each chapter ends with a summary and selective review
book, it is to be hoped that the author will not stop here but questions to facilitate understanding.
will go on to cover further developments and address some A model course syllabus along with exercises and guidelines for practice sessions is given in
issues not in the scope of this work, for example, the health
the appendix and a glossary for key terms is also appended. A Teacher’s Manual for this
effects of fossil fuel use, especially coal combustion, and
course is also available.
decision-making on deployment of different power
technologies—wind, solar, nuclear, coal with and without This innovative book along with the Teacher’s Manual will go a long way in facilitating
carbon capture and storage—when funding is the limiting the introduction of value education inputs in the professional institutions, technical
factor. universities and other institutions of higher learning.
Dr C Pierre Zaleski, Executive Director, Centre of
Geopolitics of Energy and Raw Materials, University Instructor Manual Available
Paris Dauphine 2009 / 282 Pages / PB / Rs. 175
2009 / 736 Pages / HB / Rs. 695 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-741-6 / 71/4x91/2 ISBN: 978-81-7446-781-2 / 71/4x91/2
1
general
management

Core Sector Management for Restructuring Public


Global Competitiveness Enterprises in
EDITED BY
KAMPAN MUKHERJEE Andhra Pradesh
SANDEEP MONDAL R K MISHRA
PRAMOD PATHAK K R S SASTRY
CHANDAN BHAR LAKSHMI KUMARI
GOVIND SWAROOP PATHAK
2010 / 188 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
This book is a collection of twenty nine edited articles resulting from the ISBN: 978-81-7446-849-9 / 71/4x91/2
deliberations during the two-day national seminar held at the Department of
Management Studies, Indian School of Mines, Dhanbad, on 20th and 21st
February, 2009. The seminar was based on the topic of “Core Sector
Management for Global Competitiveness”. These research papers/articles have IPE in the Early Years
been contributed by the management experts, policy makers, professional
V V RAMANADHAM
managers, and academicians addressing various core sector management issues
and challenges.
This book elaborates the story of
This compilation provides a clear understanding of how to continue streamlining the Institute of Public Enterprise in
current operations, transforming the business processes and in some cases, its first decade. It commences with
changing organization cultures to meet the goals of improved service levels its establishment and traces its
and productivity. It has been hoped that the rich content of this edited volume difficult but dedicated path of
will be fruitfully used by the management professionals, researchers, development. The rationale of an "early" story, such as this,
academicians and students as an effective reference material to meet their springs from the figurative sentence that 'Child is the father of
requirements. man'. Therefore, it is important and at the same time essential
2010 / 304 Pages / PB / Rs. 495 for the present generation to know what the beginnings of this
ISBN: 978-81-7446-832-1 / 71/4x91/2 institution were and how it persevered steadily while sticking to
its objectives right through.
2010 / 64 Pages / PB / Rs. 125
ISBN: 978-81-7446-851-2 / 71/4x91/2
PE Boards in India
Challenges of 21st Century
R K MISHRA Dictionary of
SHITAL JHUNJHUNWALA
J KIRANMAI
Management
B NANDHAKUMAR

This Dictionary of Management has


The Institute of Public Enterprise, Hyderabad, has set up a Centre on been compiled and edited to include
Corporate Governance in Public Enterprises with the support of the National most of the commonly used
Foundation of Corporate Governance. The Centre is specializing on board- management terms, which any management student is likely to
related issues in Corporate Governance in Public Enterprises. As a part of its come across in his every day work. The entries cover virtually all
research activities, the Centre has undertaken research on various aspects of branches of management—personnel, training, production,
the functioning of the public enterprise boards. The present book shares the marketing, financing, accounting, administration as well as
findings of this research. industrial relations, social and economic environment in which
management operates. Considerable cross-referencing
This book would prove to be useful to those specializing in Corporate throughout will help the user to explore inter-related subjects
Governance, Corporate Management, Corporate Disclosure, Public Enterprise in greater depth. Entries included in this Dictionary have been
Management and Globalization. written in a lucid style to provide both straightforward definitions
CONTENTS INCLUDE: and invaluable background information.
Board Dynamics in Public Enterprises: Challenges Ahead / Transforming This Dictionary will be useful for undergraduate and postgraduate
Navaratna and Miniratna PE Boards: A Critical Analysis / Public Enterprise management students, administrators, business managers, bank
Boards in India / Board of Directors – International Scenario / Corporate managers, engineers and journalists. This Dictionary would also
Governance in Public Enterprises: A New Framework / Corporate Governance prove to be an invaluable reference guide for the informed laymen
and Public Enterprise Boards / Role of Chairmen and Managing Directors with a professional interest in the subject. This Dictionary will
in SLPEs: Discussion / Processed Data on PE Boards in 21st Century: be a useful and handy addition to any library to help the reader/
Challenges Ahead / Government and Public Enterprises: The Top student to locate, identify and expound day-to-day terminology
Management and the Boards in its proper context.
2010 / 178 Pages / PB / Rs. 295 2010 / 430 Pages / PB / Rs. 300
ISBN: 978-81-7446-850-5 / 71/4x91/2 ISBN: 978-81-7446-854-3 / 51/2x81/2
2
general
management

Globalising Skill Development Programmes


Public Under Special Employment Schemes in Andhra Pradesh
Enterprises R K MISHRA
K TRIVIKRAM
R K MISHRA
LAKSHMI KUMARI
J KIRANMAI

CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Globalisation is in India to stay. India's public sector Introduction / Special Employment Schemes : Past and Present / Special Employment
is the mainstay of its economy. Public enterprises Schemes—An Overview / Training Activity in the Selected Districts / Current Status of
form core of the economy. They comprise navratnas, Employment of the Ex-trainees / To Train or not to Train / Skill Development Programmes
miniratnas, profit-making and financially unviable : Some Suggestions / Special Employment Programme – East Godavari District / Special
enterprises. The Government of India is actively Employment Programme in East Godavari District – An Overview / Organization of
considering a proposal of upgrading some Navratna Training / Follow-up of the Trained Candidates and the Current Status of Employment
public enterprises as 'Maharatnas'. This is in of the Ex-Trainees / Special Employment Programme – Cuddapah District / Special
conformity with the international innovations. Employment Programme in Cuddapah District – An Overview / Organization of
Training / Special Employment Programmes – Khammam District / Special Employment
The present volume is an attempt to study the Programme in Khammam District – An Overview / Organization of Training /
transformation of India's public enterprises from SETKHAM Records Training to Unemployed Candidates
Kautilya's period to the post-independence era 2010 / 164 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
extending to the 11th plan period. The present day ISBN: 978-81-7446-853-6 / 71/4x91/2
public enterprises in India are not only socially strong
but also economically viable and internationally
competitive. However, in order to qualify as an entity
and to be a part of the global economy, public Innovation and Adaptability
enterprises have undergone radical transformations. Twin Engines of Sustained Growth
The present volume incorporates the research
EDITED BY
undertaken in this area and the lessons for public
enterprises for their continuous transformation to S S BHAKAR
be relevant forever. It is hoped that this volume will V K PANDEY
fill the void in respect of public enterprises' response
to globalization and will prove useful to policy-
makers, researchers, practitioners of public The modern world is characterized by increasing complexity, uncertainty and change.
enterprises and international community, engaged Organizations are faced with increasing pressures to perform and compete at a global
in studying the dynamics of competitiveness of the scale. Today, the growth of an organisation depends not only on its products or services
Indian economy. but also on what it knows and how it innovates. The survival of modern businesses
CONTENTS INCLUDE: depends on their capacity to innovate.
Public Enterprise in Kautilya’s Arthashastra: To accommodate new customer expectations, market conditions, or competitive challenges,
Relevance in the Present Context / Public adaptable processes are required to support an agile business model. Innovativeness is a
Enterprise Management: Extending Theory to function of adaptability and adaptability is a function of technology, market and organization.
Practice / Some Dimensions of Public Enterprise
Contributing to the development of new technologies, understanding the subtle changes
Research in India / Central Public Sector
taking place in the market and aligning the organizational structure and strategies to these
Enterprises Today / Public Enterprises in India:
changes will ensure that the organizations remain competitive forever and grow.
Problems and Prospects / Financial
Administration of PEs / Financial Management Talented work force is an organization’s greatest asset. Companies can take a number of
in Public Enterprises: Some Issues and different steps to ensure they are being as adaptive as they need to be to grow successfully.
Concerns / Methods of Privatization: The There is a need to learn how to build organizations that are as dynamic as change itself to
Indian Case / Social Safety Net Programme in mobilize the imagination of every employee.
the Central and the State Level Public
Enterprises: An Antidote to Privatization This book is a compilation of the research papers contributed by a team of academicians
Retarding Regional Development in India / and researchers. It has fifty seven chapters classified into five parts: Finance, Marketing,
Performance Improvement after Privatization in Human Resource Management, Information Technology Applications and General
Indian Public Sectors — A Panel Data Approach Management. The research papers, included in this book, throw sufficient light on the
interplay of innovation and adaptability on the most desired organizational objective—
2010 / 204 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
ISBN: 978-81-7446-852-9 / 71/4x91/2 ‘sustained growth’.
2010 / 692 Pages / PB / Rs. 895
ISBN: 978-81-7446-833-8 / 71/4x91/2
3
general
management
From Gray to Green
new thoughts on environment
Status of Corporate
SANJIV TYAGI
Social Responsibility
This book is one of its kinds on environment, in the EDITED BY
sense that it touches upon and highlights the modern I S SINGH
thinking on environment while incorporating the
traditional concepts. The book harps on the basic
principles of environment management. It, therefore,
reiterates the time tested environment principles. Air pollution has been the Corporate social responsibility means “social business viability
most prevalent of all forms of pollution worldwide. The book discusses in detail strategy”. Society and community, at large, pay heavy price for
about indoor air problems, unpleasant odour and deafening noise. The treatment existence and growth of business. Therefore, business must
of domestic sewage for improving the environment and health of the people and return the cost for acceptance from society by making well-
purification of our river systems by managing our effluents and waste water planned, deliberate, social and economic investment towards
properly is mainly emphasized upon. The overall emphasis in water management social cost. The concept of CSR acts as a linkage between
is on restoring its wholesomeness. corporate and social sectors. Nowadays, a good number of
business houses are taking interest not only in the welfare of
The book also talks about having the natural ecological systems viz. the forests
its employees and their families but also society, at large.
as well as the industrial ecology for better utilization of waste. The problems like
Adopting environment friendly technology, provision of
global warming are more due to highly consumptive lifestyle rather than higher
drinking water, primary education, health facilities are a few
level of production leading to emissions. It lays emphasis in not only bringing
of the initiatives taken by them.
about changes in lifestyle but also supporting the green production and green
practices. This book is the product of an International Seminar organised
CONTENTS INCLUDE: on the topic of “Status of Corporate Social Responsibility’” at
The Environment is Calling / Reiterating the Principles of Environment / Air Mahatma Gandhi Labour Institute, Ahmedabad. The seminar
– The Ambiance / Water – An Omen of Future / Revering our Soil / The was designed to provide a platform, where the issues of
Mysterious Marine World / The New Green Thinking / Evolving Clean and Corporate Social Responsibility could be discussed and
Green Processes / Clean Technologies – Opt for Apt / Inculcating Green critically examined. The presentations were based on opinions
Practices / Towards Green Life
and viewpoints coupled with a number of anecdotes and case
2009 / 222 Pages / PB / Rs. 395 studies in work situation, which could help explain the concept,
ISBN: 978-81-7446-780-5 / 51/2x81/2
practices and importance of corporate social responsibility.
This book could be of immense help to the academicians,
managers, trade union leaders, policy makers and the students
Public Policy who are associated with and interested in corporate social
Contemporary Issues responsibility in our country.
EDITED BY 2010 / 156 Pages / PB / Rs. 395
MAJ. GEN. D N KHURANA, AVSM (RETD.) ISBN: 978-81-7446-837-6 / 71/4x91/2

It is indeed laudable that we have this forum at the Centre for Public Policy and from these
discussions hopefully we are going to influence the key stakeholders or the opinion leaders. Managing Corporate
Mr Dwarkanath, Group Head, HR, Max Healthcare
I am very glad that the Centre for Public Policy is taking up such current issues now and
Responsibility and
trying to bring back to the fore, the issues and the values that we should have addressed 50, Risk for Synergising
Business Practices
60 years ago.
Mrs Navrekha Sharma, Former Indian Ambassador to Indonesia
In its Round Table discussions, the Centre for Public Policy had focussed on gender budgeting
and also issues relating to the gender equality in India and policies required for it. Most
to Achieve
certainly, it is not merely empowerment of women, by women and for women; it is a Organizational
Excellence
national goal that the Centre is pursuing.
Dr Vasantha Bharucha, Former Economic Adviser, Ministry of Commerce, GOI
I appreciate the fact that the Centre for Public Policy takes up very contemporary topics. The
EDITORS
presence of a large number of youngsters at these discussions is particularly welcome since
RAJENDRA JAIN
they are the one to whom we are going to handover our problems.
Ms Mythili Bhusnurmath, Consulting Editor, Economic Times NEHA LAKHOTIA
2010 / 164 Pages / PB / Rs. 295 2010 / 516 Pages / PB / Rs. 695
ISBN: 978-81-7446-830-7 / 61/4x91/2 ISBN: 978-81-7446-819-2 / 71/4x91/2
4
general
management
Business Ethics Entrepreneurship and New
and Corporate Venture Creation
Governance A SAHAY, Professor, Management Development Institute,
Gurgaon
S PRABAKARAN, Professor, V SHARMA, Adjunct faculty, Management Development
Alliance Business Academy,
Institute, Gurgaon and Faculty of Management Studies,
Bangalore
University of Delhi

This book provides a comprehensive coverage on the subject This book has come out very timely. With the changing external economic environment, it is
of business ethics. Starting with the nature, history, the entrepreneurs who will give fillip to development. The book has provided tools and
development and utility of business ethics, the book techniques to become an entrepreneur in the 21st century. I am sure it will be very useful for
elaborates the relevance of ethics in human resource the students of entrepreneurship and to both the aspiring as well as existing entrepreneurs.
management and insights about ethical leadership and - Dinesh Rai, Secretary to Govt. of India, Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises
professional and personal ethics. Apart from this, the book CONTENTS INCLUDE:
brings forward the topics of corporate governance, corporate Entrepreneurship: An Overview / Entrepreneurial Environment and Characteristics
social responsibility, technology and environmental ethics / WTO, Intellectual Property Rights and Entrepreneurial Opportunity /
and international business ethics as pertinent to the modern Opportunity Sensing and Idea Generation / Incubation and Innovation / Emerging
day organizations. Businesses / Types of Business and Development of Business Plan / Angel
Investor and Venture Capital / External Resource Generation / Product/Service
An important feature of the book is that it includes some and Market Development / Business Plan Evaluation / Profiles of Living
brilliant cases to help the students analyze and grasp the Entrepreneurs / Appendices
realities of life. Also, most of the chapters start with an 2008 / 470 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
ISBN: 978-81-7446-607-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
opening case and end with a discussion case to make the
reading more interesting. The book will immensely help the
students to understand the relevance of business ethics in Innovate, Restructure, Reorganize
modern context. Challenges for India Inc.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Nature and Scope of Business Ethics / History of the AIMA
Development and Utility of Business Ethics / Basics of
Business Ethics / Theories of Business Ethics / Ethical
Decision-making / Professional Ethics / Corporate This collection includes papers by:
Governance / Ethical Leadership / Corporate Social International Management Institute / G L Balaji Institute of
Responsibility / Personal Ethics / Marketing Ethics / Ethics Management and Research / Xavier Institute of Management
in Human Resource Management / Technology Ethics /
and Entrepreneurship (XIME) / SAINT GITS Institute of Management, Kottayam /
The Role of Corporate Culture in Business Ethics /
Welingkar Institute of Management, Development & Research / Symbiosis Institute of
Environmental Ethics / Ethical Aspects of Financial
International Business St. Xavier's College / Indian Institute of Social Welfare and Business
Management / International Business Ethics (Ethical
Management
Principles Governing Global Business) Ethics Training
2009 / 118 Pages / PB / Rs. 240
2009 / 278 Pages / PB / Rs. 200 ISBN: 978-81-8323-036-0 / 61/4x91/2
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-782-9 / 71/4x91/2

Innovate,
Restructure, Basic Business Communication
Reorganize Concepts, Applications and Skills
RAJ KUMAR
Challenges for India Inc.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
AIMA Part 1: Concepts of Communication / Introduction of Business Communication
/ Fundamentals of Business Communications -Nature & Process / Barriers and
Gateways of Communication / Conditions for Effective Communication /
Organizational Communication / Part 2: Forms of Business Communication /
CONTENTS INCLUDE: Written Business Communication / Business Letters & Memos / Report Writing
Robert Bosch Engineering and Business Solutions (India) / Oral Communication / Non-Verbal Communication / Modern Tools of Business
Limited / Tata Consultancy Services Limited / Bharat Communication-IT, Internet, and E-Commerce / Part 3: Skills / Public Speaking
Heavy Electricals Limited / Bosch Limited, Bangalore / & Presentation Skills / Negotiation Skills / Resumes / Interview Skills / Group
Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited / A.T.E. Discussions / Reading and Listening Skills / Business Etiquette / Part 4: Relationship
Enterprises Private Limited / Larsen & Toubro Limited / & Cases / Feedback and Counseling Skills / Ethics and Business Communication
Tata Steel Limited / Legal Aspects of Business Communication / Changing Paradigms of Business
2009 / 176 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
Communication / Case Study Approach and Business Cases
ISBN: 978-81-8323-037-7 / 61/4x91/2
5
general
management
Entrepreneurship and Innovation
Management
An Industry Perspective
R GOPAL
PRADIP MANJREKAR

Entrepreneurship is the central ingredient in economic growth of a


country. It serves as a vehicle for the commercial introduction of
new goods and services as well as opening of new markets to innovations. Entrepreneurs are the
ones who make economic gains from innovative ideas and creative marketing efforts.
Management and
Indian economy faces many challenges in the context of globalisation, intense competition,
Behavioural Processes
rapid product obsolescence, technological development and increasing pace of innovation. B JANAKIRAM
Rapid growth has been seen in entrepreneurship due to the influx of small industries and the VIJAY N RAO
growth of technologies like Information Technology and Biotech and new enterprises like BPOs Management and Behavioural Processes are
and KPOs, R&D Centres, etc. Entrepreneurial environment including educational levels of the basic principles which take different forms
local population, industry concentration and regional income growth play a significant role in when applied to areas like Finance, Marketing
entrepreneurship development. or Human Resource. Management processes
This book is a compilation of papers drawn from the pool of papers presented in the 1st & 2nd are sine qua non for any organization, not only
International Research Conference on Entrepreneurship held in November, 2007 & November, for its survival but also for its growth.
2008, respectively, in association with Maharashtra Centre for Entrepreneurship Development This book provides a comprehensive coverage
(MCED) & National Entrepreneurship Network (NEN). This book will provide a good platform of the subjects Principles of Management and
for dissemination of additional knowledge generated in this field for economic growth and
Organizational Behaviour. Starting with the
higher productivity.
history of development of management
2009 / 282 Pages / PB / Rs. 495
ISBN: 978-81-7446-787-4 / 71/4x91/2
thought, the book elaborates the different
functions of management and provides
second edition insights about the characteristics needed for
Change and Knowledge Management the 21st century manager. In the
Organizational Behaviour area, it covers
R L NANDESHWAR important topics like Individual Behaviour,
BALAKRISHNA JAYASIMHA Personality, Conflict Management, Emotional
Intelligence, Stress Management, etc., bringing
relevance to modern day managers.
This book describes the theory and practice of ‘Change and
Knowledge Management’. Good theory helps to grasp what is going An important feature of this book is that it
on in the world around. It helps to ask the right questions when includes Indian case-lets for enabling the
times change and new problems need to be analyzed. It also tells students to analyse and grasp the practical
which things one need not to worry about. This book explains how students can use the theory side of management. A Good number of figures
to solve practical problems. Much of this book is concerned with understanding what Change are incorporated in the book to supplement
agents do and why. the theories which will facilitate the readers
This is the second edition of the book ‘Change and Knowledge Management’ and this new to understand the concepts easily. End-of-
edition is more comprehensive and authoritative. New topics have been added and introduced chapter questions will help students to
in logical orders to make the text modular. Current trends in Organizations have been emphasized reinforce their conceptual understanding of
throughout the book. Behavioral issues have been drawn to explain what companies and their the subject. Solved Model paper will orient
managers do in practice. the students to understand what is expected
of them in the examinations and will pave the
This book will cater to the demands of the students, instructors and the industry at large. It can way for their good academic performance. This
be used extensively as a reference book and guide for the practicing managers around the world. book will immensely help the students to
CONTENTS INCLUDE: understand and internalize the modern
SECTION A: CHANGE MANAGEMENT / Change / Personal Change / Organizational management concepts.
Change / Organizational Culture and Change / Creativity and Innovation / Case Studies / CONTENTS INCLUDE:
SECTION B: KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT / Introduction to Knowledge Management Management / Planning / Organizing /
/ Essentials of Knowledge Management / Knowledge Management System Life Cycle / Futuristic Directing and Leading / Controlling /
Knowledge Management Organizational Behaviour / Individual
Instructor Manual Available Behaviour / Behaviour in the
2010 / 288 Pages / PB / Rs. 225 Organization
ISBN: 978-81-7446-816-1 / 71/4x91/2 2009 / 286 Pages / PB / Rs. 200
TEXTBOOK ISBN: 978-81-7446-804-8 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
6
general
management
Management & Entrepreneurship Management
B JANAKIRAM Science
Decision Modeling
Approach
R SELVARAJ
Management and Entrepreneurship are the basic principles
necessary for the foundation of any commercial success.
They take different forms when applied to areas like Finance,
Marketing or Human Resource.
This book provides a comprehensive coverage of the subjects—Principles of Management Management Science is related with various scientific
and Entrepreneurship. Starting with the history of development of management thought, research-based principles, strategies and analytical
the book elaborates the different functions of management. In the Entrepreneurship methods including mathematical modeling, statistics
area, it covers important topics like characteristics of entrepreneur, SSI, Globalization, and numerical algorithms to improve an organization’s
Institutional support for entrepreneurship and guidelines for preparation of the project ability to enact rational and meaningful management
report. decisions.
An important feature of this book is that it includes good number of figures to supplement This book is prepared with the intention of creating
the theories which will facilitate the readers to understand the concepts easily. End-of- interest in management science in the minds of students
chapter questions will help students to reinforce their conceptual understanding of the and to make the subject comprehensible. It provides a
subject. Solved Model paper will orient the students to understand what is expected thorough and application-oriented coverage of the
from them in the examinations and will pave the way for their good academic topic in a very lucid manner. This book has been
performance. designed to meet the requirements of the students of
CONTENTS INCLUDE: BE, MBA & MCA courses of various Indian
PART-A: MANAGEMENT / Management / Planning / Organizing and Staffing / universities.
Directing and Controlling / PART-B: ENTREPRENEURSHIP / Entrepreneurship/ CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Small Scale Industry / Institutional Support / Preparation of Project Operations Research / Overview of the Operations
2009 / 262 Pages / PB / Rs. 200 Research Modeling Approach / Solving Linear
ISBN: 978-81-7446-790-4 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Programming Problems: The Simplex Method /
Transportation Model / Assignment Problem /
Managing in the New World Order Queuing Theory / Inventory Control / Game Theory/
Network Analysis (PERT and CPM) / Sequencing
Strategies for Sustainable Business Development Problems
2010 / 398 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
EDITED BY TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-717-1 / 71/4x91/2
YOGESHWARI PHATAK
AJIT UPADHYAYA
DEEPAK JAROLIYA Effective Call
Center Training
soft skills
In the aftermath of the two World Wars, to maintain a balance of power as well as to
regularize cooperation between nations, a dramatic change in the world political thought
was witnessed that led to the creation of international organizations such as UN,
NATO, etc. With the advent of the new world, new challenges have come into play.
These challenges focus on sustaining a business and pursuing it further to the state of
constant excellence. Thus, it becomes imperative to create a different approach to
management so as to apply various strategies to business for growth and development. CONTENTS INCLUDE:
The present book details some of these issues. It consists of 60 insightful papers drawn The history of the industry/Opportunities and
from a pool of 160 papers received for the conference. The chapters have been classified challenges in India/How a call center functions/How
into four sections namely Finance, Human Resource Management, Information to handle a telemarketing call/How to satisfy different
types of customers/The nuances of American English/
Technology and Marketing. This book not only looks into the challenges faced in the
How to overcome communication barriers/How to
new world order but also addresses issues like green marketing, rural markets and
build a successful team/Customer relationship
consumers, women empowerment and other areas that compel the business management/Web-based customer support/
organizations to take an entirely new look at some ongoing and emerging issues. Windows Explorer/Outlook Express/MS-Word/
The book is an attempt to provide a pool of updated knowledge on varied themes for MS-Excel and/MS-PowerPoint
academicians, consultants, research scholars, practitioners and students.
2010 / 544 Pages / PB / Rs. 725 2001 / 220 Pages / PB / Rs. 200
ISBN: 978-81-7446-815-4 / 71/4x91/2 ISBN: 81-7446-255-4 / 71/4x91/2
7
general
management
Patient Care Services Hospital Supportive
and Hospitals Services
SANGEETHA NATARAJAN
S PORKODI, Director, Ishan Institute
of Management and Technology,
Greater Noida

Hospital supportive services refer to numerous services provided by


Over the last few years, health sector has become a booming arena.
hospitals to the patients and their families. This book attempts to
There has been a constant urge to gain more knowledge on patient
explain in a simple language what are the supportive services that a
care services. This book covers all the aspects of core services in the
hospital can provide and how well it can be managed by a Hospital
hospitals.
Administrator.
The book consists of four chapters. The first chapter is about the
Relevant diagrams have been added from different websites to facilitate
basics of patient care services and the classification of hospitals. The
easy understanding for the students and to add value to the text. At the
second chapter explains the functions and functional areas of core
end of the chapters, detailed reference list of books, journals, websites,
services in hospitals such as front office services, outpatient services,
from which articles, papers and related texts are referred and from
inpatient services and ward services, accident and emergency services,
which the concepts are added to the text, have been provided, along
operation theatre, intensive care units, lab services, radiology and
with the Questions and relative case studies to strengthen the context
imaging services, rehabilitation services, blood bank services, nursing
for students. This book would prove to be useful for the students as well
services, hospital acquired infections & CSSD and billing services.
as the faculty connected with Hospital Administration subjects especially
The third chapter covers quality management, quality assurance aspects,
Supportive Services.
ISO-9000, TQM & CQI and quality accreditations. The fourth
chapter describes some of the modern developments in the field of CONTENTS INCLUDE:
patient care services. Introduction to Supportive Services / Forms of Supportive Services /
A number of diagrams, models and cases have been incorporated from Hospital Services-Engineering and Maintenance / Hospital Security
different sources, like journals, magazines and books to give added Services
value to the text and also to make the readers more comfortable in 2010 / 306 Pages / PB / Rs. 225
TEXTBOOK
reading and understanding the concept in simple language. Each chapter ISBN: 978-81-7446-808-6 / 71/4x91/2
is supported by the list of books, journals and websites used as a
reference along with relevant questions and few case studies to make
the concepts crystal clear. Creating Lasting Value
The book will serve as a tool for the students as well as health care AIMA
professionals to manage and understand the various dimensions of
patient care services in a better way.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction about Patient Care Services and Hospitals / Functional
Areas and Functions of Hospitals / Quality Management Concepts
/ Modern Developments in Patient Care
2010 / 188 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
ISBN: 978-81-7446-805-5 / 61/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK The 36th National Management Convention was organized by AIMA
in association with Madras Management Association at Chennai. The
Management Gurus presentations at the Convention dealt with various aspects of the theme
P JAYARAMAN
in imaginative and innovative ways, around the following heads:

Towards Customer Leadership / Towards Cost Competitiveness / Value


Creation through People Power / Leading through Innovation

This volume comprises the proceedings of the Convention and presents


for the review of the readers the likely challenges to build and sustain
competitive advantage in the globalised industry of the contemporary
age, and the possible solutions to those challenges.

2008 / 206 Pages / PB / Rs. 295 2009 / 220 Pages / PB / Rs. 450
ISBN: 978-81-7446-625-9 / 61/4x91/2 ISBN: 978-81-8323-038-4 / 61/4x91/2

8
general
management
Towards Better
Management Corporate Governance-
text and cases Independent Directors
V S P RAO, Sri Venkateshwara College,
Delhi University in the Boardroom
V HARI KRISHNA ARUN KUMAR RATH

The book abounds in meritorious features (such as tables, charts, illustrations, “Eminently readable and informative work. ... Dr. Rath's enormous
skill building exercises, cases, games, incidents) which set it apart from other scholarship, erudition and experience have enriched this study which is
books on management. The book is primarily meant for students pursuing devoted to, perhaps, the most relevant issue in corporate governance,
advanced courses in management such as MBA, PGDBA, M.Com, IAS, B.Com namely, the assessment of the rhetoric and reality of the concept of
(Hons) and BBA. Independent Directors. ... Dr Rath's book in the ultimate analysis is
CONTENTS INCLUDE: about the 'Bow with the Great Tension' needed in the world of corporate
Nature of Management/Managerial Roles, Functions and Skills/ affairs today. Could the Independent Directors grow up in a hurry? One
Development of Management Thought/Coordination/Planning and must read Dr Rath to find the answers.”
Forecasting/Objectives and MBO/Types of Plans/Corporate Planning and Justice M N Venkatachaliah
Environmental Analysis/Strategic Planning and Management/Decision-
Making Creativity and MIS/Fundamentals of Organising/Departmentation “Dr A K Rath's seminal work on the role of Independent Directors in
and Structural Formats/Span of Management/Authority, Power and Politics/ public enterprises unfolds new vistas in corporate governance in India. It
Delegation of Authority/Centralisation and Decentralisation/Line and Staff analyses in depth the roles and responsibilities of Independent Directors
Relationships/Fundamentals of Staffing/Attracting and Developing Human and could be considered as India's contribution to the field of knowledge
Resources/Appraising and Maintaining Human Resources/Direction and on corporate governance.”
Supervision/Motivation, Morale and Productivity/Job Design, Job Dr R K Mishra
Enrichment and Empowerment/Leadership/Communication/Nature and Director, Institute of Public Enterprises, Hyderabad
Process of Controlling/Techniques of Controlling/Individual Behaviour/
Group Behaviour and Team Building/Management of Change/Conflict “I wholeheartedly endorse ‘Towards Better Corporate Governance:
Management and Job Stress/Ethics, Values and Social Responsibilities Independent Directors in the Boardroom’ by Dr Arun Kumar Rath, as it
Instructor Manual Available underscores the importance of corporate governance and probity at this
juncture of global economic turmoil. Dr Rath's painstaking endeavour in
2002 / 966 Pages / PB / Rs. 320
TEXTBOOK re-orienting our gaze upon the crucial role that the country's public sector
ISBN: 81-7446-317-8 / 71/4x91/2
enterprises have to play in sustaining and enhancing corporate governance
Corporate Governance is indeed commendable.”
Theory and Practice S K Roongta,
Chairman, Steel Authority of India Limited (SAIL)
D GEETA RANI
R K MISHRA “This pioneering work has explored an emerging area of Corporate
Governance and the role of Independent Directors in an era when one
after another corporate bodies are getting demolished. This important and
This book offers an incisive analysis of the series very relevant book based on the analysis of primary data by scientific
and models of Corporate Governance. It provides methods must be read by policymakers, researchers, management
an overview of the seminal reports on major issues consultants, students of management and business leaders. I must
in corporate governance in India and abroad. It provides an exhaustive congratulate the author for articulating such an insight of the subject in a
very lucid language.”
backdrop in India with regard to the public and private sector enterprises in
Dr Dilip K Bandyopadhyay
India. Apart from the Indian experience, the work also incorporates some
Vice Chancellor, Guru Gobind Singh I P University, New Delhi
international perspectives of corporate governance through select case studies.
The book would be of interest to the corporate leaders, regulators, public CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction / Corporate Governance – A Theoretical Backdrop
policy makers, researchers, scholars connected to comparative studies on the / Corporate Failures and Governance Reforms / Corporate
functioning of modern corporations as well as participants of postgraduate Governance Practices / Board Independence / Blue Chip
programmes in economics, business management, political science, public Companies of the Indian Public Sector – The Governance
administration and other areas. Issues / Rationale, Objective and Design of the Study /
CONTENTS INCLUDE: Qualification, Selection and Training of Independent Directors
An Introduction to Corporate Governance / Corporate Governance: Theories / Contributions of Independent Directors to Board Functions
and Model / Corporate Governance: Committees and Reports / Corporate / Strategic Planning, Corporate Ethics and Social Responsibility
Governance: The Indian Backdrop / Corporate Governance: International – Role of Independent Directors / Autonomy of the Board and
Perspectives Independence of Independent Directors / The Road Ahead
2009 / 242 Pages / PB / Rs. 250 2009 / 240 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
ISBN: 978-81-7446-683-9 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK ISBN: 978-81-7446-779-9/ 61/4x91/2
9
general
management
Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurial
Management Climate
text and cases an assorted coverage
BHOLANATH DUTTA LAKSHMAN PRASAD
SUBHASISH DAS

This book strives to raise the level of academic work in the field of CONTENTS INCLUDE:
entrepreneurship. It provides an in-depth understanding of the key Entrepreneurship: A Perspective / Attributes of Entrepreneurs: An
variables that play a significant role at various stages of the innovation Insight / Education in Entrepreneurship, Training, Strategic
process, leading to successful commercialisation of products and services. Supports and Opportunities to Entrepreneurs / Women
Entrepreneurship: An Overview / Augmenting Entrepreneurship
The main focus of the book is on theory, research and practice in the in India / Technology Dissemination to Entrepreneurs in Jharkhand:
field of innovation, management and entrepreneurship. The role of the A Case Study of High Efficiency Multi-fuel Stove / Environmental
entrepreneur is addressed as an innovator who recognises opportunities Entrepreneurship: A Case Study of Maruti Clean Coal and Power
and converts them into marketable products and services through Ltd., in Chhattisgarh / State Level Entrepreneurship Development
personal commitment, financial resources and management skills; taking Scenario during the Years 1996/2002: A Case Study of Bihar
risk at different levels. The author has selected a variety of chapters 2008 / 128 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
focusing on a wide range of topics including personal ethics, family ISBN: 978-81-7446-645-7 / 51/2x81/2

business, project planning, e-entrepreneurs, marketing plan,


international entrepreneurship opportunities, venture capital, etc.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction: Entrepreneurship / Creativity, Innovation and
Environmental Studies
Entrepreneurship / Personal Ethics and the Entrepreneur / Theories N K UBEROI
of Entrepreneurship / Development of New Products and Processes
/ Project Planning and Feasibility Studies / Small Scale Enterprises
/ Family Business / Starting a Small Business / The Business Plan
/ Institutional Assistance to Small-scale Enterprises / Venture Capital
/ International Entrepreneurship Opportunities / Managing Growth
/ Buying an Existing Business / Budgeting and Control / Production
Planning and Control / Marketing Plan / Organisational Planning
/ Human Resource Management / Motivating and Satisfying
Employees / Funding the Enterprise—Sources of Capital / Financial CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Statements and Record Keeping / Financial Management /
Multidisciplinary Approach and Important Fundamentals / Natural
Understanding the Management Process / e-Entrepreneurs / Quality
Resources / Ecosystem / Biodiversity and its Conservation /
Management / Entrepreneurial Organisation Strategies / Marketing
Environmental Pollution / Social Issues and the Environment /
Research
Human Population and Environment
2009 / 472 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-740-9 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
A Hindi edition of the book is also available.
Managing Diversity 2005 / 202 Pages / HB / Rs. 100
ISBN: 81-7446-440-9 / 71/4x91/2
The Challenges for India Inc.
AIMA
Foundations of Ethics in
Management
BANI P BANERJEE, National Institute of
Human Development, Kolkata

This book includes papers by:


“This inspiring book is sure to be a useful guide
MET, Mumbai / AICAR, Mumbai / BIMTECH, Delhi / IMT,
for students and practitioners of management,
Ghaziabad / SDM Institute of Management & Development, for taking ethically correct decisions.”
Coimbatore / Xavier Institute of Management, Coimbatore / IBS, - HRD News Letter
Kolkata / IISWBM, Kolkata
2005 / 194 Pages / PB / Rs. 150
2009 / 114 Pages / PB / Rs. 240 ISBN: 81-7446-436-0 / 51/2x81/2
ISBN: 978-81-8323-035-3 / 61/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
10
general
management
Corporate Business and Finance
Governance Vocabulary
Global Concepts and Practices R N KOTHARI
DR S SINGH, NDIM, New Delhi
The present book covers more than 12,000 terms,
commonly used in the business and financial
transactions. It also incorporates terminology of
Advertising, Insurance, Investment, Stock Exchange
and Computer Science as well as brief descriptions of important acts, business
The subject “Corporate Governance:Global Concepts and and financial institutions, trade treaties, business abbreviations, etc. Suitable
Practices” has occupied centre- stage, particularly since the practical examples have also been cited for most of the terms, which make them
early 1990s in U.K., USA, rest of Europe, Canada, Japan, India clearer. The book is intended to make the terms accessible to the students of
and many other developing countries of the world. The present Commerce and Management Studies, and to help professionals and the business
volume is essentially a comprehensive textbook, focusing on community. The language of the book is so easy that even a layman will not
both concepts and corporate governance practices. Even before experience any difficulty in understanding the concepts.
the Enron collapse and several other kingsize scandals, there
2008 / 590 Pages / PB / Rs. 600
has been a steadily mounting volume of complaints regarding ISBN: 978-81-7446-624-2 / 71/4x91/2
the dismal state of governance in most large corporates across
the globe, mostly relating to accounting irregularities and top The New Manager
dressing of financial results, almost universally perpetrated at
the behest of the Company Chairman & CEO himself. Keeping ALL INDIA MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATION
the above ground realities in view, the present volume is
intended to be a standard reference as well as textbook on the
varied facets of corporate governance. The book has six distinct This book covers a range of diverse themes:
parts, containing in all as many as twenty-eight interrelated Developing a Global Mindset Changing Marketing
chapters. Paradigm for the New Manager Innovation: A Key
2005 / 544 Pages / PB / Rs. 360 Tool for the New Manager The Entrepreneur Manager
ISBN: 81-7446-417-4 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK Managing Diversity – The Challenges for India Inc
This book provides key insights for managers to ponder upon and apply in their
Emerging Issues in everyday work lives.
Management 2008 / 138 Pages / PB / Rs. 450
ISBN: 978-81-8323-034-6/ 61/4x91/2
Research
EDITED BY
Knowledge Management
P DAVID JAWAHAR, Chairman, a global perspective
Centre for Contemporary
Management Research (CECMAR), TAPAN K PANDA
Bharathidasan Institute of
Management, Trichy

We live in a rapidly changing environment that needs to be


understood before we can even attempt to meet the tremendous
challenges that we face everyday in the workplace. The only
way out is to adopt a scientific approach to understanding 2008 / 222 Pages / PB / Rs. 395
these challenges. Management research may not provide ready ISBN: 978-81-7446-621-1 / 71/4x91/2
made answers, atleast not initially, but it does great good by
asking the right questions and adopting the right attitude to
Business Ethics and
studying the changing scenario. Human Values
You will find inside a collection of research articles that deal EDITED BY
with the various functional areas of management. Adding greater S G HUNDEKAR
value is the number of articles from different regions and
countries. Micro level analysis is seamlessly blended with macro
level perspectives. The articles are contemporary and thought
provoking. A must read for anybody who takes management
seriously.
2008 / 294 Pages / PB / Rs. 395 2009 / 242 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
ISBN: 978-81-7446-603-7 / 71/4x91/2 ISBN: 978-81-7446-738-6 / 71/4x91/2
11
general
management
The Change Two Volume Set
Champion’s (Volume 1 & Volume 2)

Fieldguide Case Method in Management


Strategies and Tools for Education and Training
Leading Change in the UPINDER DHAR, Vice Chancellor, Lakshmipat University
New Era SANTOSH DHAR, Professor, Institute of Management,
Nirma University of Science & Technology, Ahmedabad
CO-EDITORS
DAVE ULRICH, LOUIS CARTER,
MARSHALL GOLDSMITH, This book is an attempt to present the cumulative managerial experiences in India
DEBI S SAINI through various case studies. Each case is unique in itself in providing an insight into
various concepts amalgamated with realistic experiences in dealing with management
FOREWORD BY problems or issues. The book is expected to be useful to the students of Business
W WARNER BURKE Administration and participants of Management Development Programmes.
“The Change Champion's Fieldguide is an awesome resource for CONTENTS INCLUDE:
anyone working on building organizational capacity and capability. PART I Case Method/Case Writing / PART II Entrepreneurship and Institution
This book gives you a wealth of pragmatic and leading-edge lessons Building/Finance/ Human Resource / PART III Marketing/Organisational
from practitioners who have a passion and commitment to Processes and Systems/Strategic Management
accelerating business results through people. It's a resource I will
2007 / 336 Pages / PB / Rs. 400
continually use and you will too!” ISBN: 81-7446-550-2 / 71/4x91/2 (Vol-I)
Susan Burnett, 2007 / 468 Pages / PB / Rs. 500
Vice President for Workforce Development and ISBN: 81-7446-551-0 / 71/4x91/2 (Vol-II)
Organizational Effectiveness, Hewlett-Packard.
Theory and Practice of
“The Change Champion's Fieldguide will become one of the most
quoted, referenced, and used business books in the first decade of Case Method of
the 2000's.”
Vijay Govindarajan,
Instruction
Earl C. Daum 1924 Professor of International text and cases
Business, Director, Center for Global Leadership, Tuck
EDITED BY
School of Business, Dartmouth College.
B BHATTACHARYYA,
“Machiavelli once said, 'Change has no constituency.' This Director General, IILM
compendium of readings will help change agents develop and
enroll all manner of constituencies.” The uniqueness of this publication lies in its character which is in the nature of a
Warren Bennis, Manual, a guide on how to write and use the case method of instruction. The first
Distinguished Professor of Business, USC, and co-author of part comprises five chapters which deal with various dimensions of the case method
Geeks and Geezers and on Becoming a Leader. of instruction. The second part comprises eleven comprehensive cases.
“Finally there is a book that shows you how to lead change (versus Taken together, both teachers and students will get a comprehensive understanding
only what it looks like when you get there). It's like reading a repair of what, why and how of case study method. This book is possibly the only one
manual versus a sales brochure. Bravo to the authors!” which has also looked at the method from the perspective of the students. The
R. Dixon Thayer, comprehensive Bibliography and Webliography add substantial value to the
Former CEO, Ford Global New publication.
Business Operations, and Senior Partner, ab3 Resources Inc. 2007 / 247 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
2005 / 374 Pages / PB / Rs. 350 ISBN: 81-7446-558-8 / 71/4x91/2
ISBN: 81-7446-445-X / 61/4x91/2
The Healthy Office
Managing Creating a healthy office environment
Diversity R M MEHRA
2006 / 248 Pages / PB / Rs. 275
The Challenges for ISBN: 81-7446-463-8 / 51/2x81/2
India Inc.
ALL INDIA MANAGEMENT Managing New India
ASSOCIATION ALL INDIA MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATION

The book is a storehouse of rare insights and ideas on managing the multi-faceted
2008 / 190 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
dimensions of a rising economy and a nation that is India.
ISBN: 978-81-8323-032-2 / 61/4x91/2 2007 / 164 PB / Rs. 350
ISBN: 978-81-8323-029-2 / 61/4x91/2
12
general
management
Management Icons
P JAYARAMAN
second edition
Environmental
Management
N K UBEROI

The book surveys a range of topics from sustainable development and 2007 / 186 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
ecological imperatives to strategies for managing environmental issues in ISBN: 81-7446-545-6 / 61/4x91/2
business. It concludes with discussion and debate about values in nature
and touches upon the subject of metamorphosis of the whole trajectory The Small Entrepreneur
of attitudes in modern societies. The book can also serve as supplementary starting & growing
material for business policy and strategy courses. B YERRAM RAJU
CONTENTS INCLUDE: RAM R PUJARI
Realm of Ecology/Background to International Efforts for
Environmental Protection/India’s Efforts for Environmental
Protection and Public Policy/Environmental Problems – Global/
Air Pollution, Water Pollution/Environmental Management
System/Environmental Clearance for Establishing and Operating
Industries in India/Waste Management/Business–Industry and
Environment /Biodiversity, Forest Management/Environmental “The book is very comprehensive in coverage and rich in content.”
Ethics C.S. Murthy, Chief GM in-charge (Retd), RPCD, Reserve Bank of
Recommended book in the UGC syllabus India, Mumbai

Instructor Manual Available “The author has paid adequate attention to detail, especially in the areas of
Marketing and Finance.”
2003 / 424 Pages / PB / Rs. 310
TEXTBOOK D.E. Ramakrishnan, President, IFRASTE & NACOSI
ISBN: 81-7446-340-2 / 71/4x91/2
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Business Communication Introduction / Starting an Enterprise / Key Questions for
Entrepreneur / Regulatory Aspects / Institutional Framework /
PARAG DIWAN Planning the Growth and Financing of MSMEs/ Business
1998 / 144 Pages / PB / Rs. 125 Development Service Providers / Technology Management /
ISBN: 81-7446-091-8 / 71/4x91/2 Clusters & Cluster Development / Export-Import Procedures /
SME Rehabilitation
Handbook of Business 2009 / 306 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
Plans ISBN: 978-81-7446-744-7 / 51/2x81/2

EDITED BY
SANJIV MITTAL Environment Management
SOMA ARORA IPSEETA SATPATHY, Dean,
AKANKSHA GUPTA Communications, KIIT Deemed University

This book is an innovative compilation of the business plans, that explore


the relationship between the aspirations of generation next and
entrepreneurship. It deals with the foundation of entrepreneurship and
with the effects of different cultural settings on the incidence and success
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
of entrepreneurs. The topics covered in this edited volume vary from
Environment and Mankind/Concept of Environment Pollution/
perception, motivation, risk, and passion to opportunity recognition,
Laws of the Land for Pollution Control/Core Functions of State
TAKNEEK challenges, conventional approaches to entrepreneurial Pollution Control Boards/Environmental Management System/A
behavior, etc. It would prove to be a valuable guide to the professionals, Case Study at a Glance: Paradigm Vista/RSP – Towards a New
corporate leaders, practicing managers, research scholars as well as Horizon/Thinkers should Think Globally and Act Locally
management and engineering students.
2005 / 170 Pages / PB / Rs. 175
2009 / 724 Pages / PB / Rs. 795 ISBN: 81-7446-458-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-739-3 / 71/4x91/2
13
general
management
Best Business Book of the Year 2003 Award from Recipient of ISTD Book Award – 2005
NTPC-DMA
Negotiation Made
Knowledge Management
Simple
A resource book everyone must win!
A T RAMAN, Business India Group S L RAO, Chairman, Board of
Governors, Institute for Social and
Economic Change, Bangalore

“The book deals with the techniques of handling situations which could
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Knowledge has a New Beginning/Knowledge through the Ages/The crop up at home as well as in the international arena while negotiating
Knowledge Vision/The Knowledge Process/Information vs Knowledge and business . . . With globalization, it marks a new age for the Indian
Knowledge Workers/How to Build a Knowledge Corporation/Imperatives industry. For players and observers alike in this age, the book will serve as
of the New Age/The Social Role of Knowledge/Knowledge Creation Process/ a practical guide.”
Knowledge Management Tools/Knowledge Technologies/KM Infrastructure/ — Business World
KM Implementation/Futuristic KM/Organisational Re-structuring “Almost all sections of the book carry examples and problems to help the
CASE STUDIES reader hone his skills in the art of negotiation. . .”
Case 1 Corporate Inheritance, Diversification to Non-core Areas/ Case 2 This book, simple and easy to read, yet laden with intellectually stimulating
Empowerment through Knowledge/Case 3 Well Informed Market Leader/ facts and guidelines, holds the key to successful negotiation.
Case 4 Finding the way around to the Top/Case 5 Matching the External —The Economic Times
Challenge/Case 6 Monolith Moves with Technology Times/Case 7 Meeting 2005 / 226 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
ISBN: 81-7446-438-7 / 51/2x81/2
the Education Challenge/Case 8 Helping the Government Work/Case 9
Collective Mite/Case 10 Internally Driven/Case 11 Directory of Best
Practices/Case 12 Value Addition is the Key/Case 13 Bouncing back with
Public Governance Dividends
KM/Case 14 Driven by Innovation and Creativity/Case 15 Learning by the road ahead
Instinct 2006 / 184 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
2003 / 304 Pages / PB / Rs. 150 ISBN: 81-8323-013-X / 51/2x81/2
ISBN: 81-7446-351-8 / 61/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Corporate Social
Knowledge Management for Competitive Responsibility
Advantage concepts and cases
H C CHAUDHARY, FMS, BHU, Varanasi The Indian Experience
“...presents the best practices of knowledge management in the Indian organizations.” EDITED BY
-HRD News Letter
C V BAXI, Chairman of Corporate
CONTENTS INCLUDE: Governance Center, MDI, Gurgaon
The Knowledge Economy/Transformation of an Enterprise through AJIT PRASAD, Professor of Economics
Knowledge Management/Creating Knowledge Management System in and Strategy, International
Organizations/The Knowledge Organization/Enabling Knowledge Management Institute, New Delhi
Management through Information Technology/Organizational Culture for The book is divided in two sections; section one contains papers,
Knowledge Management/Knowledge Management in Industry/Looking
which analyze the conceptual framework of Corporate Social
Ahead: Future of Knowledge Management
2005 / 180 Pages / PB / Rs. 150
Responsibility. The unique feature of this book is the case studies
ISBN: 81-7446-437-9 / 51/2x81/2 on different aspects of CSR presented in section two. The cases
focus on such segments as education, healthcare and environment,
Handbook of Writing Effective among others.
Resume for Job Applications It is for the first time that–under the aegis of UNDP-CII-AICTE-
MDI– the business schools in the country participated in
How to Attract Employer’s Attention preparing cases from various industries focusing on the process
and decision making content implicit in the introduction,
PARUL SINGH, Fortune Institute of International
Business, New Delhi implementation, and evaluation of various facets of Corporate
Social Responsibility. The cases are illustrative and they will
help in identifying further areas of research. The teaching notes
have been developed by the individual authors, and will be
2007 / 86 Pages / PB / Rs. 75
available on request.
ISBN: 81-7446-524-3 / 61/4x91/2 2005 / 536 Pages / PB / Rs. 375
ISBN: 81-7446-449-2 / 61/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
14
general
management
second edition Business Communication
Entrepreneurship M K SEHGAL
VANDANA KHETARPAL
MADHURIMA LALL, Reader, Applied
Economics, Faculty of Commerce,
Lucknow University, Lucknow
SHIKHA SAHAI, Assistant Director,
Institute of Productivity & Management,
Lucknow

CONTENTS INCLUDE: CONTENTS INCLUDE:


Part I: Introduction to Entrepreneurship / Introduction to Nature and Scope of Business Communication/Channels, Networks,
Entrepreneurship / Entrepreneurship: Motivation, Types and Forms and Dimensions of Communication/Oral and Written
Barriers to Entrepreneurship / Innovation, Creativity and Communication/Non-verbal Communication/Barriers to
Entrepreneurship / Part II: Business Plan & Functional Plan / Communication/Principles of Effective Communication/Gateways to
Business Planning Process / Drawing Functional Plan-I: Communication/Media and Modes of Communication/Reading Skills/
Marketing Plan / Drawing Functional Plan-II: Production/ Listening Skills/Presentation Skills/Nature and Scope of Business
Operation Plan / Drawing Functional Plan-III: Organizational Communication/Negotiation Skills/Meetings and Conferences/Business
Plan / Drawing Functional Plan-IV: Financial Plan / Part III: Letters/Enquiries and Replies/Orders and Replies/Circulars, Notices and
SSI & Women Entrepreneurs / Sources of Finance / Institution Memos/Report Writing: Business Reports/Academic Report Writing/
Interview Skills/Job Applications and Resume Writing/Group
Supporting Entrepreneurs / Small-scale Industry / A Critical
Discussions/Business Etiquette/Enriching your Vocabulary/Punctuation/
Evaluation of the Conceptual Framework of Sickness in SSI,
Legal Aspects of Business Communication
Status and Dimensions of SSIs and Industrial Sickness /
Symptoms for Detecting Sickness in Small-scale Industries / Instructor Manual Available
Causes of Sickness in Small-scale Industries / Assessment of 2006 / 486 Pages / PB / Rs. 320
ISBN: 81-7446-501-4 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Viability of Sick Industries and their Rehabilitation / Women
Entrepreneurship
Floriculture
Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 422 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
a viable business
ISBN: 978-81-7446-613-6 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK D RAVINATH

Management Case 2007 / 154 Pages / PB / Rs. 225


Studies ISBN: 978-81-8323-023-0 / 71/4x91/2

DR. SANJAY SRIVASTAVA Management Principles and


DR. HIMANI SHARMA
Practices
PARAG DIWAN, VC, University of Petroleum &
Energy Studies, Dehradun
2008 / 466 Pages / PB / Rs. 595
ISBN: 978-81-7446-657-7 / 71/4x91/2

CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Unleashing the Manager Within Conceptual Framework of Management/Evolution
& Foundations of Management Theories/
Timeless Tips for Terrific Results Management Planning Process/Organization: Meaning, Importance, Principles
& Types/Types of an Organization/Delegation of Authority/Communication/
M M KHAN Motivation, Staffing/Coordination, Decision-Making/Directing, Management
Control/Management by Objectives/Group Dynamics, Leadership/Dimensions
2005 / 162 Pages / PB / Rs. 175 of Managerial Excellence
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-460-3 / 61/4x91/2
Instructor Manual Available
1998 / 364 Pages / PB / Rs. 200 TEXTBOOK
70 Million Employable ISBN: 81-7446-125-6 / 71/4x91/2

Indians
Strategies for Global
Management Education
Competitiveness the environmental dimensions
EDITED BY
ALL INDIA MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATION
PRAMOD PATHAK, J K PATTANAYAK, CHANDAN BHAR, NILADRI DAS
2008 / 342 Pages / PB / Rs. 595
2007 / 172 Pages / PB / Rs. 350 ISBN: 978-81-7446-675-4 / 71/4x91/2
ISBN: 978-81-8323-027-8 / 61/4x91/2
15
general international
management business
Business Ethics fourth edition

and Professional International Marketing


Values P K VASUDEVA, Principal, Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan,
Chandigarh.
A B RAO
This is the 4th edition of the book which has been written
in response to the continuous and rapid changes in
international marketing and the new challenges that are
arising, including increased coverage of cultural differences,
logistics, supply chain management, retailing and the impact of the internet on
This book has been written with the specific objective international marketing and exports.
of meeting adequately the requirements of all those
This book comprehensively covers both international marketing and a part of export
students who are required to study: “Business Ethics
management with a focus on marketing decisions and management processes involved
and Professional Values” as one of the subjects in their
in exporting and not simply a ‘how to’ give treatment of technical export details. A new
B.B.A, M.B.A, M.COM, Professional diploma or degree
Chapter on India and World Trade has been included in this edition. Basically it covers
courses of the Indian Universities and Institutes of
the World Trade Organisation which is very rare in the books on international marketing.
Management, Commerce, Engineering, Law and
The coverage of WTO starts from GATT to WTO to Doha Round which is highly
Technology.
controversial and damaging for the developing countries especially Agreement on
The important features of this book are: Agriculture, TRIPS and GATS. Another chapter on Currencies and Foreign Exchange
The first fourteen chapters are devoted to a lucid has also been added as it has gained importance in recent times due to a downturn in
explanation of various aspects of ‘Business Ethics’. global financial crisis.

Chapter XV is entirely devoted to ‘Professional There is an increased coverage of the two most important emerging markets of the 21st
Values’. This chapter deals with as many as ten century; China and India. New cases from companies including DELL, Unilever, Hero
different professions. Honda, Tata Indicom, RP Group of Live Sciences, PricewaterhouseCoopers and
Microsoft will help students to apply the theory. The latest Foreign Trade Policy 2009-
At the end, an exhaustive ‘Question Bank’ is
2014 has also been included in this edition which has become important due to global
provided.
recession.
CONTENTS INCLUDE: CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Spiritual Business Philosophy/Business Ethics and Introduction to International Marketing / Economic Environment of International
Cultural Ethos/Attitudes, Beliefs and Character/ Marketing / Dynamics of World Market: Identifying and Satisfying Global Needs,
Ethical Aspects of Management Education and Coordinating Activities and Recognizing Constraints / International Institutions –
Entrepreneurship/Corporate Governance and World Bank, IMF, UNCTAD, Customs Union, Common Markets, Free Trade Zones,
Business Culture/Social Responsibility of Economic Communities, Special Economic Zones, NAFTA, SAFTA and EU /
Business/The Total Quality Management Constraints on International Marketing – Fiscal and Non-Fiscal Barriers, Tariffs and
Philosophy/Gandhian Philosophy/Consumer Non-Tariff Barriers / Trading Partners – Bilateral Trade Agreements, Commodity
Protection and Safety/Environmental Protection/ Agreements and GSP / India and World Trade / EXIM Policy / Foreign Trade Policy:
Citizens and Ethical Responsibilities/Self 2004-2009 and 2009-2014 / International Product Policy and Planning / Pricing
Management Ethics/Ethical Paradoxes and Cases/ Policy / Logistic Management, International Distribution and Sales Policy / Promotional
Ethical Development and Challenges/Professional Management and Advertising / International Marketing Research / International Retail
Values Marketing / Currencies and Foreign Exchange / Settlement of International Disputes
Instructor Manual Available Instructor Manual Available
2006 / 196 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
TEXTBOOK 2010 / 618 Pages / PB / Rs. 375
ISBN: 81-7446-479-4 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-817-8 / 81/4x11

Comparative
Ethos in Opportunities and Challenges in the
Management Global Business
EDITED BY
BANI P BANERJEE, V K GAUTAM
National Institute of
B S BHANDARI
Human Development,
Kolkata S M ANAS IQBAL
NIKHIL BARAT VIVEK KAPRE

2005 / 138 Pages / PB / Rs. 145


ISBN: 81-7446-443-3 / 61/4x91/2
2008 / 658 Pages / PB / Rs. 695
ISBN: 978-81-7446-718-8 / 71/4x91/2
16
international
business
International Business Global
Country Culture and Corporate Culture Competitiveness
HYUN-SOOK LEE DR. AJITABH
R K SRIVASTAVA

This book makes an attempt to make International


Business (IB) more effective through understanding
country culture and corporate culture. This book is
divided into three parts: “Global Competitiveness” is a combination of concepts,
Part I, Cross-Cultural Management, explains briefly what constitutes culture and case studies and practical ways on how to achieve and
country culture; the importance of country culture in different areas such as enhance competitiveness in any organisation. The book
marketing, human resources, finance, customer management and management; attempts to answer the ‘What, who, when, and how’ of
do cultural differences affect the organization?; what is corporate culture?; cultural Excellence, i.e. ‘what’ is excellence, ‘who’ are considered as
synergy; multicultural teams; negotiating with foreigners; and expatriate excellent companies, ‘when’ a company is prepared to use
management. Part II, Country Culture, describes a brief history, languages, silent tools/ frameworks and models to achieve excellence, ‘how’
languages, religions, ethnic groups, education, values and attitudes, manners and strategic competitiveness can be enhanced using one of the
customs, males and female roles and other important factors to be considered for most widely used tools, viz., Benchmarking. Business cases
selected countries. Part III, Corporate Culture, describes the principle companies, from across the globe of different industries have been used
management styles, which factors of country cultures influence corporate culture, to demonstrate how companies have achieved
key factors to be considered by foreign companies, and other important factors for competitiveness and thus enhanced their long-term
selected countries. competitive advantage to become excellent companies.
2008 / 222 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
This book will be helpful for international business students and professors. It will ISBN: 978-81-7446-608-2 / 71/4x91/2
also be useful for business persons who are interested in knowing other countries’
cultures and related corporate cultures for achieving business successes. Storming the Global
2009 / 228 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
ISBN: 978-81-7446-783-6 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK Business
Rise of the Asian Tigers
WTO
BISWAJEET PATTANAYAK
Text & Cases
PHALGU NIRANJANA
PALLE KRISHNA RAO, Professor, PSG Institute of
KALYAN SHANKAR RAY
Management, Coimbatore
SUMITA MISHRA

The theme ‘Storming the Global Business: Rise of the Asian


Tigers’ is devoted to understanding the business in Asia and
the rise of Asian nations in the arena of global business.
These nations have taken the business world by a storm and
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
From GATT to WTO/General Elimination of Quantitative Restrictions/ are continuing to hold an enviable position in global business.
Agreement on Agriculture/The Agreement on the Application of Sanitary and These economies have been the subject of recent attention,
Phytosanitary Measures/Agreement on the Implementations of Article VI of with much of the focus going to their macro-economic
GATT 1994/Agreement on Subsidies and Countervailing Measures/Trade- conditions and their suitability for global business. Yet, little
related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights/Agreement on Trade-related is known about the business environment at the micro-
Investment Measures/Agreement on Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT)/ level. To this end, information found in the cases on Asian
Agreement on Safeguards/Agreement on Textiles and Clothing/ General companies and/or MNCs operating in the Asia-Pacific helps
Agreement on Trade in Services to redress this imbalance by showcasing the issues related to
CASE STUDIES: The Banana War /The Korean Soju/A Matter of Semantics/ doing business in the Asian milieu. This spectacular rise of
The Canadian Dairy Case/The Case of the Codling Moth/A Fishy Dispute?/ the Asian nations or TIGERS (as they are being popularly
The Hormone Ban – An Issue of N&I/The Bed Linen Dispute/Privatising at called) warrants considerable research from the academia
Arm’s Length/Sovereignty Issues/Process or Product?/Copy (right) Tales/Better and the industry.
Basmati than Havana/To TRIM or not To TRIM/What’s a Sardine, but a
Sardine! /Of Shrimps and Turtles/Fresh, Chilled or Frozen Lamb?/A Woven
The book with twenty nine papers has six different parts –
Dispute Information Technology, Retail Business, Global Business
Leadership, Banking, Insurance & Financial Services, Talent
Instructor Manual Available Sourcing & Management and Strategizing Business.
2005 / 532 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
ISBN: 81-7446-430-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK 2009 / 418 Pages / PB / Rs. 595
ISBN: 978-81-7446-788-1 / 61/4x91/2
17
international
business
Export and Import Management
ASEEM KUMAR, Head, MDPs, AIMA, New Delhi

Free Student CD Included

Export Import Management is a well researched student friendly


book that proposes to fill the gap between theory and practice for

International Marketing young managers aspiring for challenging positions in international business. The book is a
pioneering effort in this area where only manuals or replicas of manuals have ruled for years.
RAJENDRA NARGUNDKAR, Director of PES
Institute of Management, Bangalore Written in essentially textbook fashion, the book presents interesting forays into the exciting
world of export and import. The book is divided into 16 comprehensive chapters that take the
This book is going to be a trendsetter in the reader through a sequential journey in export-import management. The students will be exposed
field of international marketing. It is a to conceptual framework, procedural detail and practical aspects of international transactions.
storehouse of the latest developments in Interesting examples, cases and illustrations with reference details make it full of life.
international marketing from a unique Indian The unique feature of the book is a CD provided complimentary that contains all the relevant
perspective. With a lot of contemporary cases export-import forms for practical learning.
(up to early 2008) that cover issues related to
organizational and marketing strategy, including The book has been planned keeping in view the needs of the students of MBA/PGDM/
sensing opportunity and fulfilling global PGDBM/MIB and other international business courses at PG/UG level.
ambitions, it is an exciting new addition to the
options available to an Indian business school
Instructor Manual Available
2007 / 314 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
professor. ISBN: 81-7446-538-3 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

SPECIAL FEATURES
International Human Resource
Original cases based on Indian companies
/ Easy to read text / Coverage of major Management
concepts in international marketing / Focus DR. NILANJAN SENGUPTA
on marketing - no overlap with international
DR. MOUSUMI S BHATTACHARYA
business or similar courses
CONTENTS INCLUDE: The intention of this book is to portray the various factors that are
Why International Marketing / Entry connected with managing Human Resources in International
Strategies / Challenges in International Business. Since the two are inseparable, any organization aspiring
Marketing / Segmentation and Product to participate as a player in international business must develop the
Market Strategy / Branding Internationally knowledge, skills and acumen to perceive the subtle nuances that govern the rules of game.
/ Pricing Internationally / International
Promotions / International Distribution / This book has sought to address some of the issues that relate to IHRM, which need to be
Organisation and Control / A Long-term logically understood by any keen observer of international business, today. The approach of this
Strategy—Firmness of Goals and Flexibility book has been to detail IHRM both, in terms of a function, as well as a process and the factors
of Mind / Case Studies or key elements that are attached to them.
2008 / 266 Pages / PB / Rs. 195 To make this book reader-friendly, chapter highlights have been added at the beginning of each
ISBN: 978-81-7446-628-0/ 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
chapter to facilitate the reader to identify the broader areas that may be learnt from a particular
chapter. Each chapter also contains detailed references and key terms. Conceptual questions,
multiple choices, web-based exercises are some of the additional features of the book. Relevant
diagrammatic representation, relevant case study and list of web references have been also
International Retailing added in this book.
Text and Readings
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
DR S L GUPTA International Context of HRM/Strategic Planning/HRM in International Context: theories
ARUN MITTAL and models/Recruitment and Selection/Training and Development/Compensation
Management/Performance Management/Industrial Relations/Role of Culture in IHRM/
Organizational processes influencing IHRM/Role of Global HR Managers/Women
International Trade Expatriates/International Joint Venture/ Hiring Inpatriate and Expatriate Managers: Choices
and Dilemmas for MNCs
RAJ AGRAWAL, IILM, Greater Noida
Instructor Manual Available
2001 / 304 Pages / PB / Rs. 300 2007 / 316 Pages / PB / Rs. 275
ISBN: 81-7446-236-8 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-519-7 / 71/4x91/2
18
international
business
International Trade International Business
Operations Management
DR RAM SINGH A Global Perspective
PRADIP KUMAR SINHA
SANCHARI SINHA

Systematic efforts have been made by the author in this book to cover In today’s rapidly changing scenario of the world, the study of
all the essential elements of trade operations in an understandable way international business management has become necessary for
with easy language and explanation of facts and procedures through management students. This book has been developed to set a new
tables, diagrams and exhibits. This will help the new generation to standard for international business textbooks.
enter in international trade and to master the trade techniques in a
The book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date coverage of all the
convenient manner and execute the trade operations decisions
related world issues with special reference to India. It is written in
successfully in LPG era.
simple language and maintains an integrated and logical flow from
CONTENTS INCLUDE: beginning to end. The book mainly focuses on managerial implications,
Introduction to International Trade Operation / Getting Started in which caters to the needs of management students.
International Trade – Step by Step / Processing of an Export Order The book presents a thorough review of economies and politics of
/ International Trade Documentation / International Sales Contract international trade and investment and various functions and forms of
/ Understanding Incoterms / India’s Foreign Trade Policy / Export Global monetary system. It is hoped that this book will definitely be
Promotions Measures / Special Economic Zones / Methods of liked and appreciated by the readers/students.
Payments / Export Credit Risk Management / Cargo Insurance /
Cargo Insurance Claims Procedure / Legal Framework of Central CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Excise / Excise Clearance of Exports Cargo without Payment of International Business Environment / Country Risk Analysis /
Duty / Excise Clearance of Exports Cargo under Rebate Claims / Foreign Direct Investment / The Foreign Exchange Market / The
Legal Framework of Customs / Customs Clearance Procedure of International Monetary System / The International Financial Market
Exports / EDI Initiatives in Customs / Duty Drawback Claims and Instruments / Introduction to International Finance and
Procedure / Role of Freight Forwarder Development Banks / International Marketing / Bilateral and
Multilateral Trade Laws / Export and Import Financing / Global
2009 / 502 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
ISBN: 978-81-7446-735-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK Manufacturing and Logistics Management / Global Marketing and
Research and Development / Global Human Resources Management
/ Financial Management in International Business / Managing
Multinational Enterprises / Globalisation and India’s Competitive
International Human Advantage / Export Import Policy Guidelines for India / A Guide to
Resource Management Case Analysis / Index
2008 / 528 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-629-7 / 71/4x91/2
Text and Cases
P L RAO, Adjunct Professor, Human Resource
and Organisation Behaviour, Gitam Institute Indian Foreign Trade
of Foreign Trade, Visakhapatnam RAJ AGRAWAL, IILM, Greater Noida
1999 / 272 Pages / PB / Rs. 175
ISBN: 81-7446-167-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

CONTENTS INCLUDE: Globalization


Introduction: Overview /Organisational Structure in MNC and
Creating a
International Dimensions of HRM /International Staffing /
Compensation and Benefits /Training and Development / Boundaryless HR
Performance Management in International Organisations / HR Practitioners’
Expatriation and Repatriation /Industrial Relations /Sustaining perspective
International Business Operations /Managing People in International
Context /Indian Multinational Companies /Issues, Challenges and EDITED BY
Theoretical Developments /Cultural Dimensions of HRM /Case SUBIR VERMA
Studies

Instructor Manual Available


2009 / 164 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
2008 / 408 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
TEXTBOOK ISBN: 978-81-7446-736-2 / 61/4x91/2
ISBN: 978-81-7446-596-2 / 71/4x91/2
19
international human
resource
business management
second edition

Organisation Change and Development


KAVITA SINGH, Faculty of Management Studies, Delhi University

Leadership, vision and inspiration are the essential ingredients for


success in handling change. And, the effective management of change
is enhanced through careful planning, sensitive handling of the people
International involved and a thorough approach to implementation. In these times of flux, organisations are
compelled to proactively effect changes in their systems to cope with various factors in the external
Business and internal environment. This comprehensive book tackles all the areas where change interventions
are necessary and sets out to identify the key 'ingredients' for successful change.
SHYAM SHUKLA
This book is divided into three parts:
International Business provides the The First Part includes an examination of the imperatives of change in today's environment of
understanding of movement of India in competition. The different forces of change—political, economic, technological—are examined
Global Market, trends and directions of against the backdrop of shifting customer needs, systems dynamics, inadequacy of administration,
India’s Foreign Trade, the current export- profitability issues and resource constraints. The various models of change, corporate culture in
import policy of the Government, the terms of basic value orientations and norms, techniques of identifying and diagnosing organisational
promotional measures available, the foreign culture, classical leadership skills, and the ten key factors in effective change management have all
exchange management tools, IT software been thoroughly discussed.
& service market, understanding of working
The Second Part introduces the concept of Organisation Development and dissects the basic
of WTO, role of financial institutions, assumptions against diagnostic models, skills and methods, change agents, power and control
International Commerce Terms and issues and implications of power politics. Certain categories of ethical dilemmas have been explored.
International Business Strategies. The book Various types of OD interventions ranging from interpersonal and team development to process,
facilitates several cases, methodologies and structural and inter-group development are exhaustively discussed.
conceptual approaches to help any
organization to take a lead in foreign trade. The Third Part of the book highlights the need for Organisation Development Intervention in the
It can help the students as well as the present business scenario and the relevance of Team and Intergroup Development Interventions.
practicing managers to equip with the The characteristics of structural intervention and comprehensive intervention have been outlined
principles of International Business. The to initiate the process of organisational learning.
author has taken a practical approach to This book would prove to be an invaluable resource for the students, faculty as well as practising
make the contents sound and interesting. professionals.
The topics covered and simplicity of
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
presentation makes the book indispensable
PART-1: ORGANISATIONAL CHANGE / Organisational Change: An Overview / Models of
for all MBA students for their fundamental
Change / Change and its Impact / Organisational Culture and Change / A Systematic Approach
knowledge of India’s Foreign Trade. to Making Change / PART-2: ORGANISATIONAL DEVELOPMENT / Organisation
Development – An Introduction / Diagnostic Strategies and Skills / Power, Politics and Ethics in
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
OD / PART-3: OD INTERVENTIONS / OD Interventions – An Introduction / OD Team
Globalisation / Globalisation Strategies
and Intergroup Development Interventions / Structural Interventions / Comprehensive
- Some Facts, Examples and Cases /
Interventions / Organizational Learning
India’s Foreign Trade / Service Exports
/ Steps required to Increase India’s
Exports / Institutions in Export
Instructor Manual Available
Promotions / Recent Exim Policy and 2010 / 350 Pages / PB / Rs. 275
ISBN: 978-81-7446-811-6 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
its Implications / Global Agreements
and its Framework / Legal Framework
– International Economic Laws /
World Trade Organisation / Export
Finance / Exchange Rate Mechanism
and Convertibility of Rupee

Instructor Manual Available


2008 / 388 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
Performance Management System
ISBN: 978-81-7446-618-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
A Holistic Approach
B D SINGH

20
human
resource
management

Human Resource Globalization and Human Resource


Management in Development
the New Economy EDITED BY
I S SINGH
EDITED BY
SARITPRAVA DAS
BHARATI DESHPANDE

The new economy, characterised by innovation, creativity, Globalization had turned the entire globe in one entity for trade and commerce,
information explosion and technology, has created vistas investment of capital, movement of people – students, businessmen and experts.
of opportunities, myriad of expectations on the one hand There is more and more interdependence among the economies of the world. However,
and fierce competition, dynamic uncertainty and above these changes have not only brought opportunities but also challenges to the countries
all turbulence on the other. Habit and complacency are and individuals. All are not equally endowed with necessary resources to seize the
out, learning and speed are in. The new economy is emerging opportunities, and therefore, it is said that while globalization has created
performance-driven and customer-centric which has unprecedented opportunities for few, the negative consequences of globalization will
several consequences on organizational work practices be deeper and widespread on the common people. Hence, the globalization has to
and expectations in terms of reinventing themselves and be shaped and harnessed for human resource development and welfare.
help organizational members, in general, to unlock the This book is the product of an International Seminar organized on the topic of
great potential of human intelligence. Organizations are “Globalization and Human Resource Development” at Mahatma Gandhi Labour
expected to continuously excel in performance criteria Institute, Ahmedabad. The seminar was designed to provide a platform to discuss
that include concern for ethics and social responsibilities, and critically examine the issues of Human Resource Development in the context of
innovativeness and employee development, employee globalization and also to put forth some recommendations. The presentations were
relationship management along with the traditional based on research, opinions and viewpoints coupled with a number of case studies
measures of profitability and investment value. which could help explain the issues of human resource development in the context of
Thus, while organizations in the new economy tend to be globalization. Some of the ideas presented during the seminar have great relevance to
performance-driven, HR professionals are no exception the process of Human Resource Development in the context of globalization and
to it. In this context, the present book deals with several will immensely help the reader to understand the process of human resource
contemporary HR issues having strategic implications development in our country.
under the various topics such as: 2010 / 160 Pages / PB / Rs. 395
ISBN: 978-81-7446-838-3 / 71/4x91/2
Globalization & Changing HR Practices—
Recruitment, Selection, T&D, PMS, Compensation
Management and Employee Relations
Diversity Management Issues and Challenges
Disciplinary Actions
concepts, process, procedures & formats with
E-HRM illustrations
Role of Branding in Building Organization Culture R K SAHU
Customer-centric HR
Economic Slowdown – HR Practices
This book is a collection of papers presented by several
professionals, representing industry and academia, in a This book on Discipline Management makes available all relevant theories and
National Conference organized by the Institute for practices with special focus on applied aspects of Disciplinary Actions. The book
Technology and Management (ITM). The principal theme would prove to be of great help to all the practicing Managers, HR Professionals,
of this conference was ‘Human Resource Management in Management Teachers and MBA Students.
the New Economy’. The contributors tried their best to CONTENTS INCLUDE:
blend both theory and practices of contemporary HR Concepts of Discipline Management / Discipline in Organisational Context /
issues in their papers. This book would help not only the Basic Ingredients and Guidelines for Disciplinary Actions / Concept of Domestic
researchers and HR practitioners but also the senior Enquiry / Guidelines on Domestic Enquiry / Introduction to Disciplinary Procedure
executives for creating sustainable competitive advantage / Domestic Enquiry with Illustrations / Glossary of Terminologies used in Domestic
through people in the ever changing and dynamic Enquiry / Model Procedure for Disciplinary Actions with Illustration / Important
workplace and economy. Case Laws / Ready to use Sample Formats / Model Code of Conduct for Management
Staff / Application of “Principles of Natural Justice” in Domestic Enquiries
2010 / 348 Pages / PB / Rs. 495 2010 / 284 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
ISBN: 978-81-7446-826-0 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-845-1 / 61/4x91/2
21
human
resource
management
Workplace
Empowerment Industrial Relations in India
A Study Beginning of Working Class to Date (1850 to 2009)
PREETI S RAWAT P L RAO
SATISHCHANDRA KUMAR P R K RAJU

In the present book, an effort is made not only to The book is chapterised on the basis of each decade. To this is added a Prologue that
study the impact of support systems on employee and depicts what prevailed at the beginning of the twentieth century. The last chapter is on
organizational effectiveness but also what leads to the the first decade of the new millennium. For the benefit of the students of IR and its
experience of psychological empowerment and its practitioners, a separate chapter has been added to give detailed information on IR
relationship with organizational and managerial scenario on Cotton Textiles, Jute Textiles, Coal, Steel, Railways and Posts & Telegraphs,
effectiveness. which are 100 years old. A separate chapter, containing the latest amended constitutions
The book will be beneficial for the students of B- of major Indian trade unions including the original constitution copy of the All India
schools, researchers, academicians and industry Trade Union Congress as approved at its inaugural session held at Bombay in 1920, has
practitioners wanting to initiate change and design also been provided in the book.
interventions. CONTENTS INCLUDE:
CONTENTS INCLUDE: Situation at the Beginning of the Twentieth Century / Events during 1900-1909:
Introduction / Review of Literature of Variables Evolution Process towards / Labour Movement / Events during 1910-1919:
under Study / Pilot Study – Method, Procedure Development of Trade Union Consciousness / Events during 1920-1929: Foundation
and Discussion / The Present Study / Method of Indian Trade Union Congress / Events during 1930-1939: Royal Commission on
and Procedure / Results / Discussion / Labour / Events during 1940-1949: Working Class Struggle during World War II /
Conclusion, Implication and Direction for Future Events during 1950-1959: Industrial Development: From Courts to Codes / Events
Research / Empowerment: From Concept to during 1960-1969: National Commission on Labour- Difficult Decade / Events
Practice in India during 1970-1979: Political Turmoil: Internal Emergency / Events during 1980-
1989: New Economic Policies / Events during 1990-1999: Maturity of Trade Unions
2010 / 192 Pages / PB / Rs. 295 / Events in 2000-2009: First Decade of the New Millennium / Profile of Industrial
ISBN: 978-81-7446-812-3 / 71/4x91/2
Relations in Century-old Indian Industries / Constitutions of Important Trade Unions
in India / Interesting IR Cases in the Last Three Decades
2010 / 440 Pages / PB / Rs. 495
ISBN: 978-81-7446-822-2 / 71/4x91/2
Dictionary of
Human Resource
Management Life After 360 Degree Feedback and
B NANDHAKUMAR Assessment Development Centres
EDITORS
T V RAO
S RAMNARAYAN
This Dictionary is the most authentic presentation of NANDINI CHAWLA
contemporary concepts & practices in Human
Resource Management. A sincere attempt has been Over the last decade, 360 Degree Feedback (360 DF) and Assessment Development
made to incorporate the latest developments in the Centers (ADCs) have proved to be powerful interventions for Leadership Development
field. Many examples have been presented to show and competency building.
HRM practices adopted by the leading Indian
companies. This Dictionary ideally fulfills the In an effort to share knowledge and facilitate learning, TVRLS conducted a 2-day
requirements of B.B.M. / B.B.M. (C.A.) / B.B.A. / conference on, Life After 360 Degree Feedback & Assessment Development Centres, at
M.B.A. / P.G.D.M., and other relevant PG degree/ the India Habitat Centre, New Delhi, December, 2008. The conference was conceived
diploma for Human Resource Management Course. with the idea of exploring and understanding the impact and long-term benefit of
Besides, Personnel managers whose organizations are development interventions like 360 Degree Feedback and Assessment Development
graduating from traditional HRM practices to modern Centre. It also gave insights on how the outcomes of these interventions can be further
HRM practices, will find this book worthwhile. utilized to enhance the overall people capability in an Organization. This book is a
compilation of the select papaers presented during the conference.
2010 / 294 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
ISBN: 978-81-7446-856-7 / 51/2x81/2
22
human
resource
management
Manpower HRD Trainer’s Handbook of
Development Management Games
for P L RAO
Technological
Change Management Games can be succinctly described as simulation
KANCHAN BHATIA exercises used to effectively demonstrate structured experiences.
SHWETA MITTAL The present day management education is shifting from providing
class-room teaching to practical learning, so that the participants get adequately equipped
Globalization, technological change, outsourcing with knowledge to perform successfully in life. Exercises simulate a process with enough
and talent crunch are some of the major trends scope for improvisation, adaptation and redesigning according to the situational needs. The
impacting the modern business world. The biggest basic skill involved in the exercises is process analysis.
challenge amongst these is the shortage of skilled
manpower. Recognising this, the HR profession Games have set rules, a predictable result, a hidden design to highlight or demonstrate a
is gaining both respect and attention. With the behavioural process and they produce dramatic effects. Games are quite effective in their
advancement of technology, the HR needs to purpose, but they can’t be played again and again, because they usually have elaborate
utilize people with distinctive capabilities to create procedures and concomitant paraphernalia. These games train managers learn better ways to
unsurpassed competence in an area, decentralize solve problems, take decisions rapidly, experiment and take calculated risks for business
operations and rely on self-managed teams to objectives. They also learn to work in teams, develop better attitude and respect leadership.
deliver goods, employ innovative reward plans that This book attempts to provide a wide range of Management Games, Management Exercises,
recognize employee contributions and indulge in Role Plays, Ice Breakers, etc. It is divided into three parts. Part I contains Management
continuous quality improvements through TQM Games, Part II contains Exercises and Part III deals with the basic tools of behavioral
and HR contributions. simulation— the Role Play, Instruments, Demonstrations, Ice Breakers and Hiatus. Along
This book integrates the theories, principles and with the standard simulation exercises, used in achievement motivation or entrepreneurial
applications of specific behavioural disciplines to development programmes, a multitude of other exercises to develop relevant motivational
provide an in-depth understanding of the subject, dimensions have also been included in this book.
and incorporates the invaluable practical 2009 / 496 Pages / PB / Rs. 595
ISBN: 978-81-7446-791-1 / 61/4x91/2
experiences of practicing managers. Therefore, an
attempt has been made to clarify, enhance and
update the information to truly reflect the Group Dynamics & Team Building
emerging perspective in the field of manpower R K SAHU, Founder Director,
planning and changing technology. Human Resource Development Centre, New Delhi
The book talks about the new trends in HRM,
work-life balance, concept of TQM, e-HRM,
HRM in ERP, basic concepts of Technology Human beings exhibit some characteristic behavior patterns in
Transfer with human face, nature and significance groups. Group dynamics is concerned with the interaction and
of HRIS, knowledge management, importance of forces among group members in a social situation. The
manpower planning, forecasting techniques and understanding of group behaviour and properties of group are
Innovation as a management process. essential to be a good manager as well as an effective member of groups. It has been observed
that groups enjoy their greatest success when they become more productive units called
This book projects a cohesive organic “whole”
teams. The concept of team building refers to the process of establishing and developing a
consisting of interrelated and interdependent
greater sense of collaboration and trust between team members. Interactive exercises, team
facets, for achieving sustainable competitive
assessments, and group discussions enable groups to cultivate this greater sense of teamwork.
advantage.
This book elaborates the concept of group dynamics and team building in detail. This
CONTENTS INCLUDE: masterpiece would prove to be a great resource for the CEOs, functional Heads, other
Impact of Technology on HRM / Work-Life managers, organisation development consultants, academicians, management students,
Balance / Total Quality Management and
entrepreneurs, trainers and all individuals who want to understand the dynamics of groups
HRM / HRM and Technology / e-Learning
and team building in an organisation.
/ Technology Transfer / Human Resource
Information System / Knowledge in New CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Understanding Group Dynamics / Building Teams / Dynamics of High Performing
Era / Manpower Development / Innovation
Teams / Managing Cross functional teams / Managing Diverse & Virtual Teams / Self
in HRM
Managed Teams / Team Building Skills / Interpersonal skills for Teams / From Managing
Teams to Leading Teams / Empowering Teams / Dynamics of Conflict / Conflict
Management / CEO & Top Management: Leveraging through Teams / Rewarding Teams
2009 / 260 Pages / PB / Rs. 200 & Members / Team Leaders Guide Kit / Team Building Tool kit
ISBN: 978-81-7446-764-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK 2010 / 450 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-823-9 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
23
human
resource
management
Organisational Behaviour Personal Growth and
V S P Rao Training & Development
MADHURIMA LALL
SHEETAL SHARMA
Successful companies are known by what they
achieve rather than what they have. You may
have everything but still remain at the bottom
of the corporate ladder if you do not convert
your strengths into opportunities and do not put your resources to best
use. Companies that have been able to understand the dynamics of human Personal Growth and Development play an integrated role in the
behaviour and have used that power to build want-satisfying products and growth and development of an economy. Since liberalization of the
services have a great story to tell. This book tries to highlight the time- economic policies, the increased level of competition by the
tested principles of human behaviour in a simple and easy-to-understand multinational corporations has put a lot of pressure on the Human
style. Wherever necessary, practical aspects of organisational life have Resource functions in domestic firms to prepare and develop their
been highlighted. Live corporate examples have been inserted to enrich employees so that they can compete with the global firms in skills,
the contents. The ethical and moral issues, surrounding human behaviour, efficiency and effectiveness.
have also been critically examined. This book extensively covers all the aspects relating to personal
growth and development in an organization. Recent trends in the
CONTENTS INCLUDE: field of personal growth – Moulding the Personality Pattern,
Nature and Importance of Organisational Behaviour / OB: The
Transactional Analysis (TA), Personal Effectiveness, Roles of Symbols
Emerging Challenges / Approaches to Organisational Behaviour /
of Self, etc. – have also been included in the book. The fundamental
Foundations of Individual Behaviour / Personality / Perception and
concepts of personal growth and their applications have been
Individual Decision-making / Ethics and Social Responsibilities / Values,
Attitudes and Job Satisfaction / Learning and Behaviour Modification explained in a very simple and lucid way.
/ Basic Motivation Concepts / Job Design, Employee Participation and The book covers almost the entire syllabus of Management,
Alternative Work Arrangements / Foundations of Group Behaviour / Professional and HR Institutes of Indian as well as foreign Universities
Teams and Team Work / Communication / Leadership / Contemporary with specific focus on the requirements of UP Technical University.
Issues in Leadership / Power and Politics / Conflict and Negotiation / This book is for the students of management and is equally useful for
Foundations of Organisation Structure / Organisational Culture, the management practitioners and corporate people who recognize
Creativity and Innovation / Human Resource Policies and Practices / the importance of Human Resource in their organizations and want
Management of Change / International Organisational Behaviour /
to learn the management of their workforce more effectively.
Index
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Instructor Manual Available Personality / The Personality Pattern / Roles of Symbols of Self /
2009 / 700 Pages / PB / Rs. 375 Moulding the Personality Pattern / Persistence and Change /
ISBN: 978-81-7446-747-8 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
Psychodynamic Theories of Personality / Psychometric Theories
of Personality / Transactional Analysis (TA) / Personal Effectiveness
Human Resource / Personality Determinants / Evaluation of Personality / Training
/ Types of Training and Training Process / Understanding the
Management Process of Learning / Learning in Training / Learning Organisation
N K SINGH and Organisational Learning / Training Need Assessment /
Designing Training Programme / Training Methods / Evaluation
of Training Programmes
2009 / 572 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-760-7 / 71/4x91/2

Strategies for Performance Management


DINESH K SRIVASTAVA, NITTIE, Mumbai
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Human Resource Management/Job Description: Analysis & Evaluation/ CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Human Resource Planning – Concept & Process/Recruitment & Overview of Human Resource Management/Conceptual Approach
Selection/Performance Appraisal/Training & Development (T & D)/ to Performance Management/Determinants of Job Performance/
Wages & Compensation/Discipline & Grievance in Industry/ Personality and Job Performance/Antecedents of Job Performance
Counseling & Mentoring/Collective Bargaining/Workers’ Participation in Two Organizations/Selection/Training and Development/
in Management/Conflicts in Industry/Career & Succession Planning/ Performance Appraisal/Compensation/Career Development/
Industrial Dispute. Enhancing Potential of Individuals and Teams/Creating High
Performance Organizations
1999 / 242 Pages / PB / Rs. 175 2005 / 236 Pages / PB / Rs. 225
TEXTBOOK ISBN: 81-7446-446-8 / 61/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-160-4 / 71/4x91/2
24
human
resource
management
International Human International Human
Resource Management Resource Management
DR. NILANJAN SENGUPTA Text and Cases
DR. MOUSUMI S BHATTACHARYA
P L RAO, Adjunct Professor, Human Resource
and Organisation Behaviour, Gitam Institute
of Foreign Trade, Visakhapatnam

The intention of this book is to portray the various factors that are CONTENTS INCLUDE:
connected with managing Human Resources in International Business. Introduction: Overview /Organisational Structure in MNC and
Since the two are inseparable, any organization aspiring to participate International Dimensions of HRM /International Staffing /
as a player in international business must develop the knowledge, skills Compensation and Benefits /Training and Development /
and acumen to perceive the subtle nuances that govern the rules of Performance Management in International Organisations /
game. Expatriation and Repatriation /Industrial Relations /Sustaining
International Business Operations /Managing People in International
This book has sought to address some of the issues that relate to Context /Indian Multinational Companies /Issues, Challenges and
IHRM, which need to be logically understood by any keen observer of Theoretical Developments /Cultural Dimensions of HRM /Case
international business, today. The approach of this book has been to Studies
detail IHRM both, in terms of a function, as well as a process and the
factors or key elements that are attached to them. Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 408 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
To make this book reader-friendly, chapter highlights have been added ISBN: 978-81-7446-596-2 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
at the beginning of each chapter to facilitate the reader to identify the
broader areas that may be learnt from a particular chapter. Each chapter
also contains detailed references and key terms. Conceptual questions, Personal Effectiveness
multiple choices, web-based exercises are some of the additional features
of the book. Relevant diagrammatic representation, relevant case study DIANA WINSTANLEY
and list of web references have been also added in this book.

CONTENTS INCLUDE:
International Context of HRM/Strategic Planning/HRM in
International Context: theories and models/Recruitment and
Selection/Training and Development/Compensation Management/
Performance Management/Industrial Relations/Role of Culture in
IHRM/ Organizational processes influencing IHRM/Role of Global
HR Managers/Women Expatriates/International Joint Venture/ Designed to give students a grounding in personal development and
Hiring Inpatriate and Expatriate Managers: Choices and Dilemmas provide a context for their other studies, this new text on personal
for MNCs
effectiveness, written by a leading author, is suitable for use on a range
Instructor Manual Available of undergraduate and postgraduate modules, including those relating
to self-development, personal skills, learning and development,
2007 / 316 Pages / PB / Rs. 275 management skills, study skills and coaching, as part of general business
ISBN: 81-7446-519-7 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
of HRM degrees. This text seeks to be both comprehensive and
accessible, through the use of learning aids.
Each chapter includes: Learning objectives and a synopsis of content
Future of Work Vignette examples to illustrate or demonstrate key points Self
assessment questions to check understanding References and
Mastering Change further sources of information
EDITORS The text suggests ways of working and interacting, and incorporates
PRITAM SINGH, JYOTSNA BHATNAGAR, ASHA BHANDARKER research and critical and analytical material in a way that is accessible
all at MDI, Gurgaon to all levels. It covers key topics in personal development including:
Time management Team working Presentation skills Negotiation
2006 / 394 Pages / PB / Rs. 595 skills Assertiveness
ISBN: 81-7446-502-2 / 71/4x91/2
2009 / 256 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
ISBN: 978-81-7446-766-9 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

25
human
resource
management
Essentials of Human Resource
Organisation Behaviour Development and
P G AQUINAS Organisational
Effectiveness
The field of Organisation Behaviour is intriguing, rich and
KALYANI MOHANTY
helpful. Topics like Motivation, Teamwork and Leadership
have fascinated us for decades. Success in today’s competitive PADMALITA ROUTRAY
business environment is increasingly a function of effective
human resource management. The quality of an organisation’s employees, their
enthusiasm, satisfaction with their jobs, and their sense of fair treatment, all have a Modern organizations have widely focused on Human
significant impact on the firm’s productivity, level of customer service, reputation and Resources for their success and sustainability. Almost all
survival. effective organizations have become careful for the
development and utilization of their human resources
This book is about the ageless topics concerning how we live, work and thrive in in order to achieve the goals of the organizations. In
organisations. It seeks to present a realistic view of people working in the organisations. such a scenario, it has become imperative for the
A consistent theme throughout the book is that effective management of organisations academicians, practitioners, and professionals to explore
requires an understanding of organisational behaviour practice. It attempts to provide Human Resource Management as a branch of study.
the basic foundation for practical application of theoretical concepts to the organisations. Therefore, this book has been developed to help the
This book is organised and presented in a sequence based on the characteristics management students and professionals to understand
common to all organizations. The book is divided into 9 chapters in all: the subject properly and enhance their knowledge about
the HRD network within the organization for its
An Introduction to Organisational Behaviour / Perception / Motivation / Attitudes / effectiveness.
Learning and Behaviour Modification / Personality and Conflict in Organisations /
Group Dynamics / Leadership / Organisational Change This book is divided into four parts. The first part deals
with HRD as a concept, its growth as an instrument for
2009 / 278 Pages / PB / Rs. 175 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-733-1 / 71/4x91/2 people’s development, different aspects of HRD, strategic
HRD and HRD in international business. The second
part defines the concept of organizational effectiveness,
Strategic Leadership its models and measurement. The third part establishes
the link between HRD and organisational effectiveness.
R K SAHU
The fourth part deals with training as the major
PRAGYA BHARTI instrument of HRD.
The central idea of this book has been taken from the
model prepared by Prof T V Rao, explaining the linkage
To understand the concept of strategic leadership and between HRD instruments, process, outcomes and
leader's competencies, this is the guidebook to read. organizational effectiveness to project the subject vividly
Throughout this book, the importance of key strategic according to the syllabus and requirements of different
characteristics of a leader, emotional intelligence for strategic leadership and leader's universities and institutes.
checkpoints have been discussed to provide a comprehensive coverage of the topic. It CONTENTS INCLUDE:
explains business dimensions, human behaviour and leaders paradigm in a very concise PART I
manner. The book, through its text, emphasizes on 'Leading with Values' and effective Introduction to HRD l HRD Matrix / HRD Climate
leadership. and Organisational Climate / Line Managers and
HRD / Motivational Aspects of HRD / Supervisory
This is a complete resource book for CEOs, Strategic Business Unit Heads, Role in HRD System / HRD Audit / Strategic HRD
Management Professionals, Leadership Consultants, Academicians, Management / International HRD
Students, Entrepreneurs, Trainers and all individuals who want to understand the
PART II
concept of Strategic Leadership and implement it in the organization.
Introduction to Organisational Effectiveness / Context
CONTENTS INCLUDE: for Organisational Effectiveness / Determinants of
Understanding Strategy and Strategic Leadership / 4Es for a Strategic Leader / Organisational Effectiveness / Models of
Becoming a Strategic Leader / Leaders Paradigm / Understanding Organizational Organisational Effectiveness / Measuring
Theories / Understanding Human Behaviour to Lead / Understanding Business Organisational Effectiveness
Dimensions / Leading with Values / Leadership vs. Managing / Leader as a Coach / PART III
Emotional Intelligence for Strategic Leadership / Spirituality: The Emerging Context HRD and Organisational Effectiveness
for Business Leadership / Leaders’ Competencies / Is Your Leadership Effective? /
PART IV
Using Six Sigma to Drive Operational Excellence / Leaders’ Checkpoints and Keys /
Leaders' Guide Kit Training and Human Resource Development
2009 / 600 Pages / PB / Rs. 325 2009 / 278 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
TEXTBOOK ISBN: 978-81-7446-731-7 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-774-4 / 61/4x91/2
26
human
resource
management
Partners in Success Managing
Strategic HR and Entrepreneurship Human Resources
EDITORS &
NINA MUNCHERJI, Chairperson, Nirma International
Conference on Management Industrial Relations
C GOPALAKRISHNAN, Chairperson, Nirma TAPOMOY DEB
International Conference on Management
UPINDER DHAR, Director, J K Lakshmipat University, Student CD Included
Jaipur
2009 / 730 Pages / PB / Rs. 795
ISBN: 978-81-7446-701-0 / 71/4x91/2 This book provides a contemporary and comprehensive review
of essential HRM and IR concepts and practices, in order to
Creating Wealth through Strategic provide rich insight into the vast and rapidly evolving subject
of human resource management. Considering the intensely
HR and Entrepreneurship competitive nature of contemporary business, this textbook
pays attention to the application of human resource
EDITORS
management tools, techniques and approaches in solving
C GOPALAKRISHNAN, Chairperson, Nirma
human resource issues and problems in organizational settings
International Conference on Management
and situations to help the present day students to become
NINA MUNCHERJI, Chairperson, Nirma International
effective managers of tomorrow.
Conference on Management
UPINDER DHAR, Director, J K Lakshmipat University, The book has been primarily designed as a textbook for the
Jaipur postgraduate management students. It comprehensively
2009 / 612 Pages / PB / Rs. 695 covers the syllabi of various Indian management institutes
ISBN: 978-81-7446-702-7 / 71/4x91/2
and universities. It would serve as a valuable teaching aid and
Value Based Management for repertoire of knowledge resource for the faculty. Professional
managers and consultants would find this book highly
Organizational Excellence informative and would act as catalyst in fostering and leveraging
human resource management systems and strategies in their
EDITORS organizations.
SANTOSH DHAR
UPINDER DHAR
The entire conceptual framework of the text has been divided
into four parts comprising 24 highly informative chapters.
RAJESH K JAIN
The contents are self-explanatory and have been logically
SAPNA PARASHAR
sub-divided so that the readers can clearly understand the
theoretical aspects and applications of the human resource
2009 / 278 Pages / PB / Rs. 395 management.
ISBN: 978-81-7446-711-9 / 71/4x91/2
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Designing & Delivering Training PART I: MANAGEMENT OF HUMAN RESOURCES
/ Historical Overview of Personnel Management / Human
DAVID SIMMONDS Resource Management / International Human Resource
Management / Job Analysis, Job Description and Job
Specification / Human Resource Planning / Recruitment
The book focuses on the blend between theory and and Selection / Employee Socialization / Performance
practice. Each chapter specifically combines the Appraisal and Feedback / Human Resource Development
relevant thinking with appropriate real-life evidence, / Training and Development / Job Evaluation / Employee
through the use of pedagogical features. The text is Compensation / Executive Compensation / Mentoring /
accessible, readable and comprehensive. Employee Retention / Talent Management / HR Audit /
It is enhanced with features including: HR in Technology-driven Environment / Human
short, relevant scenarios/examples/illustrations Resource Management in Mergers and Acquisitions /
PART II: MANAGEMENT OF INDUSTRIAL
comprehensive references to the latest literature
RELATIONS / Discipline and Grievance Management /
chapter headings and sub-headings aligned to the structure of the professional Industrial Relations / Industrial Disputes Management /
standard Participative Management / Collective Bargaining and
through and comprehensive contents pages and indexing Negotiation / PART III: PEDAGOGY / PART IV:
a glossary of training terms. Practice-Based Templates
Instructor Manual Available Instructor Manual Available
2009 / 228 Pages / PB / Rs. 225 2009 / 670 Pages / PB / Rs. 395
TEXTBOOK TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-767-6 / 71/4x91/2 ISBN: 978-81-7446-699-0 / 81/4x11
27
human
resource
management
Managing People Organization
strategy for 21st century Structure and Design
A K SINGH applications & challenges

P G AQUINAS

CONTENTS INCLUDE: In today's globalised era, e-commerce, outsourcing and telecom


Section A: Managing People — Strategy for 21st Century / HRD – A muting have become the new paradigm for organisational
Managerial Responsibility / Corporate HRD and Education Sector – Interface functioning. Co-workers, located at different places/countries,
/ Redefining Role of HRM in Contemporary Business Environment / are connected with each other through internet. This book is
Quality Circle for HRD / Training for Strategic Advantage in Industry / written in the context of these emerging workplace realities and
Culture Building Practices in SAIL / Development of Human Resources – seeks to present a realistic view of people working in
The SAIL Approach / HRD Strategy for 21st Century / HRD Strategies to organisations. A consistent theme throughout the book is that
Ensure a Future – SAIL Perspective / Section B: Managerial Issues in the the effective management of organisations requires an
Context of HRD and Managers / Managing People – Concern and Challenges understanding of theory, research and practice. To engage the
/ Effective Managerial Decision-making / Management of Change / Preparing
students in the modern world of organisations, this book
for the Challenges Ahead: From Good Engineer to Better Manager / Creating
incorporates a number of distinctive, time-tested and interesting
Competitive Advantage / Culture of Innovation and Creativity / Section C:
features such as Corporate Insights, cases at the end of each
Emerging Industrial Environment & Managerial Issues / Indian Industry
at Crossroads / Economic Liberalisation – Need to Interface with chapter and numerous review and discussion questions to enhance
Multinationals / Knowledge based Industries in India: Lessons and their learning and interest.
Challenges Ahead / Materials for 21st Century / "Competitiveness – A This book is organised and presented in a sequence based on the
Compelling Need Today"–for Steel Industry characteristics common to all the organisations Structure and
2008 / 132 Pages / PB / Rs. 245 Processes. The book is divided into six parts: Part A deals with
ISBN: 978-81-7446-678-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
the organisation and its environment. Part B elucidates the
Competency Mapping organisation as a system. Part C illustrates job and the design of
work. Part D deals with the dynamic aspects of the organisation.
R K SAHU Part E offers information on the emerging concepts of the
organisation structure and design. Part F is the concluding part
of the book that discusses the organisation culture and ethical
values in the organisation.
The book is a complete resource book on The book presents the new realities that are not just for managers
Competency Mapping for HR Professionals and but for anyone who works in and around the organisations.
Consultants, Professors of Human Resource CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Development, Management students, Part A: The Organisation and its Environment:
Entrepreneurs, Trainers and all those individuals who want to understand the Organisations and Organisational Effectiveness / The
concept of Competency Mapping and implement it in the organization. Evolution of Organisation Theory / Organisational System
in the Global Environment / Organisational Effectiveness
CONTENTS INCLUDE: and its Measurement Part B: Organisation as a system:
Concept of Competency / Competency Mapping Process / Developing Foundations of Organisation Structure / Dimensions of
Competency Models / Competency Identification / Competency Assessment Organisation Structure / Strategic Organisation Design/
/ 360° Feedback and its Application in Competency Assessment / Part C: Job and the Design of work: Job and the Design of
Assessment Centre and its Application in Competency Assessment / Work / Basic Challenges of Organisational Design /
Applications of Competency Mapping / Commonly asked Questions on Designing Organisational Structure / Part D: Organisational
change and Managing conflict in organisation: Managing
Competency Mapping / Managerial Competencies with Definitions / Will
Organisational Change / Organisational Conflict and Inter-
& Skill Mapping of Manual Workers group Behaviour / Organisational Power and Politics Part
2009 / 310 Pages / PB / Rs. 275 E: Strategy and Structure for the future: Leadership and
ISBN: 978-81-7446-745-4 / 61/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Empowerment / Building a Learning Organisation /
Knowledge Management / Organisational Revitalisation and
Effective Teamwork Emotional Intelligence Part F: Creating and Managing
organisational culture: Creating and Managing
MICHAEL WEST Organizational Culture / Ethical Values in Organisation /
Corporate Governance / Social Responsibility of Business
128 Pages / PB / Rs. 90
ISBN: 81-7446-038-1 / 51/2x81/2 Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 538 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-682-2 / 71/4x91/2
28
human
resource
management
Strategic Human Strategic Human Resource
Resource Management and
Management Development
RAJIB LOCHAN DHAR, RICHARD REGIS, Director, School of Management,
Assistant Professor, Symbiosis C. Abdul Hakeem College of Engineering and
Institute of International Technology, Melvisharam
Business, Symbiosis International
University, Pune

Strategic HRM has gained much attention and has become a This book is interspersed with contemporary Indian cases and experience to
topic of global discussion. Throughout the world, aligning the fall back on to illustrate the different strategies HR has to play as a business
human resource with the need of the business has been the partner. Issues in employee privacy in case of virtual organizations have been
topic of discussion since quiet some period of time. vividly dealt with. The book explains career planning and development and
compensation packages in the context of competencies and balanced scorecard.
Looking into this aspect, Strategic HRM has been introduced
When speed and alacrity are demanded of all the employees to stay ahead of
as a subject in most of the management institutes – more
competition, the employees are required to put in extended hours and work in
specifically in India. Keeping all these factors in view, the present
a stressful environment. Hence, the new-era HR professional has to resort to
book has been developed by the author considering the different
developmental activities through mentoring, coaching, counseling, stress
aspects of Strategic HRM. This book has been divided into
management and emotional balance. The book is divided into five parts.
eleven chapters.
CONTENTS INCLUDE: CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction to Strategic Management/Goal Setting – A PART I: HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND
Strategic Path to Success/Strategic Human Resource DEVELOPMENT STRATEGIES /Meaning of Strategic HRD Management
Management/Reward and Compensation Strategies/Training /HRD Functions and their Linkages to Business Goals /Strategic Approach
and Developing Strategies/Performance Management to Industrial Relations /HRD as a Profession /HRD Assessment and
Strategies/Retrenchment Strategies/Human aspects of Strategy Audit /PART II: ELECTRONIC HUMAN RESOURCE
Implementation/Managing the Ageing Workforce/ MANAGEMENT (E-HRM) /E-Selection and Recruitment /Virtual
Developing HR as strategic value addition Function Learning Organization /E-Performance Management and Compensation
Design /Development and Implementation of HRIS /Designing of HR
Instructor Manual Available Portals /Issues in Employee Privacy /PART III: CROSS-CULTURAL
2008 / 332 Pages / PB / Rs. 275 HRM /Domestic vs International HRM (IHRM) /Cross-cultural
ISBN: 978-81-7446-588-7 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Educational and Training Programmes /Building a Multicultural
Organization /Cross-border Merger, Acquisition and Repatriation /Current
Industrial Relations Challenges in Outsourcing /PART IV: CAREER AND COMPETENCY
DEVELOPMENT /Concept of Career and Career Planning /Managing
M ARORA, Independent Consultant, Mumbai
Career Plateau /Strategic Knowledge Management /Competencies and Career
CONTENTS INCLUDE: Management and Competency-based Compensation /PART V:
Industrial Relations: History/ Trade Unionism/Collective EMPLOYEE DEVELOPMENT /Coaching /Counselling /Employees
Bargaining/Participative Management/Employee Grievances/ Health and Welfare Programme /Work-related Stress /Self-management
Industrial Disputes: Prevention/Disciplinary Proceedings/ and Emotional Intelligence /CASES
Industrial Relations: Settlement/Future Scenario of Union-
Management Relationship/Reports and Bills/Labour Welfare Instructor Manual Available
and Social Security/Wage Policy, Regulations and Bonus/ 2008 / 420 Pages / PB / Rs. 275 TEXTBOOK
Relevant Features of Some Acts ISBN: 978-81-7446-592-4 / 71/4x91/2

Instructor Manual Available


1999 / 322 Pages / PB / Rs. 275
Appraising & Developing Managerial
ISBN: 81-7446-184-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK Performance
HR can Win T V RAO, T V Rao Learning Systems, Ahmedabad
1999 / 344 Pages / PB / Rs. 200
DR. K SURESH KUMAR ISBN: 81-7446-169-8 / 51/2x81/2
TEXTBOOK

Organizational Behaviour
ARCHANA TYAGI, IMT, Ghaziabad

2008 / 128 Pages / PB / Rs. 175 1998 / 318 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
ISBN: 978-81-7446-614-3 / 61/4x91/2 ISBN: 81-7446-079-9 / 71/4x91/2
29
human
resource
management
Human Resource Performance Appraisal and
Management Management
MADHURIMA LALL, Reader, Concepts, Antecedents and Implications
Applied Economics, Faculty of
Commerce, Lucknow University, TAPOMOY DEB
Lucknow, India.
The book addresses the contemporary concepts,
SAKINA QASIM ZAIDI, Assistant
processes, programmes, methodologies and legal,
Professor, Institute of Environment
and Management, Lucknow, India.
ethical and cultural issues associated with appraising
executive and employee performance. The book is
enriched with extensive and rich pedagogical tools, relevant case studies, and
Salient features of this book are as follows: numerous caselets of organizational practices for facilitating easy grasp and
Deals with global HR trends and practices including understanding of essential constructs of performance appraisal and management.
global case studies for better comprehension and It is also highly useful for HR practitioners, Business Managers and Management
understanding of the subject. Trainers.
Extensively covers all the Human Resource Functions CONTENTS INCLUDE:
performed in an organization. PART A: Concepts of Performance Management and Appraisal/Introduction
and Approach / Competitive Advantage through Human Resources /
The fundamental concepts of HRM and their Performance Management and Appraisal / Performance Appraisal System /
applications have been explained in a very simple and PART B: Antecedents of Performance Appraisal and Management/
lucid manner. Introduction and Approach / Motivation and Organizational Justice /
Recent trends in the field of human resources such as Leadership / Counseling and Mentoring/PART C: Implications of
360 degree Appraisal, HR Outsourcing, Emotional Performance Appraisal and Management/Introduction and Approach /
Intelligence, HR Accounting, Knowledge Management Compensation Management / Career Development / Training and Mobility
have also been included in the book. / Knowledge Management / PART D: Performance Appraisal Case Studies /
Introduction and Approach / Relevant Case Studies / PART E: Performance
It has an exclusive section for advanced studies in research
Appraisal Forms and Epilogue: the Final Thought /Introduction and
covering the human resource aspect from the global
Approach/Employee Appraisal Forms or Executive Appraisal Forms and
perspective.
with Poser
The book covers almost the entire syllabus of HRM of Indian Instructor Manual Available
as well as foreign universities, management and HR institutes 2008 / 396 Pages / PB / Rs. 250 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-673-0 / 71/4x91/2
and various enterprises/ organizations.
Compensation Management
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Human Resource Management: An Introduction / Human text & cases
Resource Planning / Job Analysis and Design / TAPOMOY DEB
Recruitment and Selection / Performance Appraisal /
Training and Development / Job Evaluation and Job
Satisfaction / Fringe Benefits and Incentives / Employees
Remuneration: Reward Management, Wage and Salary The book addresses various important frameworks,
Administration / Industrial Relations / Industrial Conflict ethical and cultural issues, programmes, policies and
/ Human Resource Information System / Contemporary strategies for managing compensation and benefits
Issues in Human Resource Management / Business Process from organizational, executive and employee
Outsourcing / Human Resource Accounting / Redefining perspectives. The book is enriched with extensive and rich pedagogical tools, and
Leadership Styles / Global HR Practices / Improving contains several caselets of organizational practices, case studies, numerous
Cross-cultural Training: Lessons from European and diagrams, and revision points for facilitating easy grasp, understanding and revision
American Managers in Morocco / Managing Mutual
Interests in Glocalisation through Market Orientation of
of essential constructs of compensation management. It would be highly useful
Workers’ Skills – A Study on Skilled and Semi-skilled for HR practitioners, Business Managers and Management Trainers.
Workforce Arriving in UK / Small Business Learning CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Networks Growth Rate and Operational Efficiency / PART A: Compensation Management / Introduction to Compensation
Exploring Best Practice HRD in the Small Firm: The Management / Foundation of Compensation Management / PART B: Process
Case of the Irish Hotel Sector / Embedded HR-practices of Compensation Management /Compensation and Job Evaluation /
in SMEs – How they Enhance Performance and Learning Architecture of Compensation Management / Behavioural Dimensions of
/ Explaining Differences in Team Performance: Does Team Compensation Management / PART C: Performance Linked Compensation
Learning Behaviour Matter? / The Impact of Human / Managing Performance / Rewarding Performance / PART D: Compensation
Resource Management Practices on Organisational Administration / Corporate Considerations in Compensation / PART E:
Performance / Blended Learning as a Tool for Human Executive Compensation / Nature of Executive Compensation / Managing
Resource Development in a Global Context / Globalisation Executive Compensation / ‘Epilogue’ The Final Thought / Case Studies /
versus Glocalisation: Implications for HRD References and Selected Bibliography / Index
Instructor Manual Available Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 612 Pages / PB / Rs. 325 TEXTBOOK 2008 / 416 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
ISBN: 978-81-7446-685-3 / 71/4x91/2 ISBN: 978-81-7446-690-7 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
30
human
resource
management
Human Resource Technological Change and
Development Manpower Development
a researcher’s DIPAK KUMAR BHATTACHARYYA
perspective
R KRISHNAVENI

Human Resource Development (HRD) is fundamental This book is an attempt to discuss all the aspects of manpower development issues in
in generating and implementing the tools needed to manage technological era. The book provides a comprehensive text for HR students. It
and operate the organization right from the production, addresses the organizations’ requirement to practice the technology management
management, marketing and sales to research and issues, focusing more on human resource functions. Some key areas explained in this
development, in order to be more productive. This can book are – training and development, compensation, performance management,
be done by making people sufficiently motivated, trained, new skill development issues, management of change, etc. The book deals with some
informed, managed, utilized and empowered. Thus, HRD
new-age tools like Balance Scorecard, HR Scorecard, Competency Mapping and
forms a major part of human resource management
Knowledge Management Areas which are commonly used in this new-age technology
activities in the organizations.
era, to track, measure and develop manpower to sustain in competition.
This book has been carefully developed keeping in mind
the requirements of all the varied segments that could use In the absence of a customised textbook in this area of study, this book has been
this book extensively and specifically for the students developed to understand intricate technological change issues, especially those which
who have chosen HR elective and scholars pursuing influence HR functions and manpower development aspects.
research in the broad field of HR.
The book is divided into nineteen chapters and each CONTENTS INCLUDE:
chapter is backed by illustrations, exercises and case Globalisation, Technology and Human Resource Issues / Technology and Culture
studies, appropriately. The first two chapters start with / Technology Management / Changing Technology and New Leadership Skills /
the introduction to the field. The third and fourth Economic Theory of Choice and Employee Benefits / Training and Development
chapters give an introduction to how HRD plays a role in / Performance Management Systems / Innovation and New Technology / Balanced
learning the behavior of employees. Rest of the chapters Scorecard, Competency Mapping and Knowledge Management for New-age
– five to eighteen – deal with various functions of HRD. Technology
Finally, the last chapter brings out a detail methodology 2008 / 166 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
of how to develop a validated instrument which could be ISBN: 978-81-7446-638-9 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
used for survey research in the HR field.
The book has been written in very simple and easily
understandable manner with relevant quoted references
from earlier researches in this field. This will definitely Training for Development
help the readers to refer the source material, if detail all you need to know
reading is required.
R K SAHU, HRD Centre, New Delhi
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction to Human Resource Development /
HRD: A Conceptual Analysis / An Understanding
of Employee Behaviour / Learning and Human
Resource Development / Analyzing the Role for
Development / Employee Socialization / Performance
Management / Performance Review, Feedback and
Counselling / Assessment Centre / Succession
Planning / Training and Development / Identification CONTENTS INCLUDE:
of Training Need / Designing of the Training and Concept of Training/Role, Need and Importance of Training/Types of Training/
Development Programme / Implementation of Role of Stakeholders in Training/Principles of Adult Learning/Understanding the
Training and Development Programme / Innovations Process of Learning in a Training Programme/Developing an Integrated Approach
in Training Techniques / Evaluation of Training and to Learning in Training Programme/Training Needs Assessment (TNA)/Levels of
Development Programmes / Transfer of Training / Training Needs/ Designing Training Programmes/Training Programme Delivery/
Coaching and Mentoring / Development of a Reliable Methods of Conducting Training/Developing Audio-visual Materials/Characteristics
and Valid HRD Instrument / Index of High-impact Course Material/Measuring Impact of Training/Levels of Training
Impact Evaluation
2008 / 396 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-643-3 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK 2005 / 332 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
ISBN: 81-7446-447-6 / 61/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

31
human
resource
management
second edition second edition
Human Resource Industrial Relations
Management Emerging Paradigms
DIPAK KUMAR B D SINGH, Professor, Human Resource Management,
BHATTACHARYYA, IISWBM, IMT, Ghaziabad
Kolkata
The notion of Industrial Relations (IR) developed as
a countervailing force to contain the exploitative
designs of employers. As a result, readers perceived it
HRM boasts of a vast literature globally. This book, however as a confrontational concept rather than cooperational. But in a post-industrial
places HRM in an Indian context with an overview of trends society, the changing scenario of market and industries has made this clear that
and developments, worldwide. teaching Organizational Behaviour (OB) and Human Resource (HR), without
keeping Industrial Relations in view, has no meaning.
A book written with a simplistic and fundamental approach,
it analyses the basic foundation principles of HRM. Also, Existing literature on industrial relations is either lopsided or sketchy. Therefore,
keeping in view the need for international issues, the book an attempt has been made to present a broad perspective of the subject to
discusses and debates on topics like Multiskilling, Manpower develop a correct perception about it. The book provides a holistic and
Redundancy, Human Resource Information Systems (HRIS) comprehensive picture of employee relations, conflict resolution, mutual benefits
and Human Resource Costs. Theoretical discussions and relationship-building activities. It focuses more on building positive industrial
reinforced with Practical examples, Case studies, Scenario relations in an attempt to integrate OB, HR and IR into a monolithic whole.
analysis and Role-play lend an analytical perspective into the The book is intended to cater to the needs of students and budding managers.
HRM theory. Mathematical illustrations and current statistics The book also includes some topics on international industrial relations and
further enrich the reader's knowledge and HR skills. Each
some burning issues of Indian Business sector like managing contract labour,
unit being a self contained learning module, some overlapping
sexual harassment etc. Some case studies on indusrial relations and new emerging
issues have been rediscussed in brief to help the readers
areas like China and South-Asian countries have also been covered in the book.
understand the interrelation. It is designed keeping in mind
The book will be extremely useful to the students and researchers in providing
the MBA and BBA curriculum of Universities & Management
practical insights into industrial relations.
Institutes.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
The book aims to be a thorough study manual for students Background to Industrial Relations / Evolution of Industrial Relations in India
and a reference guide for HR practitioners. / Changing Profiles of Major Stakeholders of Industrial Relations in India /
Management of Conflicts in Industry / Positive Employee Relations /
CONTENTS INCLUDE: Miscellaneous Burning Topics in Industrial Relations / International Dimension
BLOCK 1:INTRODUCTION/Introduction to Human of Industrial Relations
Resource Management and Human Resource
Development/Human Resource Policies and Strategies/ Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 552 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
Strategic Human Resource Management (SHRM)/ TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-619-8 / 71/4x91/2
BLOCK 2: HUMAN RESOURCE PROCUREMENT/
Productivity, Technology and HRM/Job Analysis and
Job Design/Human Resource Planning/Human Resource Management and Organizational
Planning Process/Recruitment, Selection and Induction/
BLOCK 3: DEVELOPMENT/Training and
Behaviour
Development/Performance Appraisal and Performance JAYANTEE (MUKHERJEE) SAHA
Management Systems/Career Planning and Development/
Skills and Multi-Skilling/BLOCK 4: EMPLOYEE
COMPENSATION/Wages and Salary Administration/
BLOCK 5: EMPLOYEE MOBILITY/Promotions and
Transfer/BLOCK 6: EMPLOYEE RETENTION/
Employee Motivation/BLOCK 7: SYSTEM AND HR/
Human Resource Information Systems/Human Resource
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Management Research/Human Resource Costs/Human
Introduction to Management/Planning/Controlling/An Introduction to Human
Resource Accounting and Audit/BLOCK 8: EMPLOYEE
Resources Management/Quality of Working Life/The study of Organisational
RELATIONS/Discipline and Grievance Handling/Trade
Unions and Labour/Collective Bargaining/Introduction
Behaviour/Learning/Personality/Perception/Motivation/Leadership/Teams/
to Labour Laws/BLOCK 9: EMERGING ISSUES/ Communication/Conflict/Organisation Culture/An introduction to
International Human Resource Management/Current 'Transactional Analysis'/Organisation Change and Development/An
Trends in Human Resource Management Introduction to Attitude, and Ethics/Trends in International Business/
Organisational Power and Politics
Instructor Manual Available Instructor Manual Available
2006 / 680 Pages / PB / Rs. 325 2006 / 536 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
TEXTBOOK TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-500-6 / 81/2x11 ISBN: 81-7446-468-9 / 71/4x91/2
32
human
resource
management
Managing Conflict and Performance
Negotiation Management
B D SINGH System
R K SAHU, National HRD
Centre, New Delhi

This book deals with different conceptual aspects of conflict and its effective A complete guide for HR Professionals & Consultants,
management. The most popular and effective style of resolving conflict is through Professors of Human Resource Development & Management
dialogue, which is popularly known as negotiation. Through negotiation people Students, Enterpreneurs, Trainers and all individuals who want
deal with differences, which they do, consciously or unconsciously, throughout to understand the concept of Performance Management System
their lives. The part of the book dealing with negotiation, takes care of the & Implement it in the organisation.
details about different aspects of negotiation — strategies, preparations, processes CONTENTS INCLUDE:
and multicultural and ethical dimensions related to it. Performance Management System (PMS) – An Overview /
Performance Appraisal / The Goals Oriented PMS Cycle /
The book contains live cases, which will provide useful insight on the theoretical
Essential Features of Effective Performance Management
and conceptual aspects to the students. The book will go a long way in meeting System / Tried and Tested Tips for Performance Management
with the requirements of the management students by providing consolidated of People / Organizational Goal Linked Performance
material on the subject. Appraisal Model / A Model Performance Appraisal Format
/ Action Planning After Goal Setting / Performance Appraisal
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
System for Supervisory Staff (SS) and General Staff (GS)
Part I Managing Conflict / Concept and Importance of Conflict / Organization and Shop Floor Workers / Performance Feedback / How to
as Network of Relations and Conflicts / Nature of Conflict / Sources of Improve the Effectiveness of Performance Management by
Conflict / Processes and Dynamics of Conflict / Classification of Conflict / Overcoming the Root Cause of the Problem / Concepts of
Strategy and Management of Conflict / Part II Managing Negotiation / Rewards in Organizational Context / Performance Appraisal
Managing Negotiation / Planning for Negotiation / Strategies and Tactics of Linked Annual Salary Increments / Performance Appraisal
Negotiation / Negotiating Processes / The Third Party Intervention – Litigation/ Linked Career Planning and Promotion Policy /
Conciliation/Arbitration / Role of Power in Negotiation / Role of Performance Linked Remuneration System: Innovative
Communication / Role of Influencing Style in Negotiation / Cross-cultural Approaches / Performance Linked Annual Salary Increments
Dimension of Negotiation / Glimpses into Some Aspects of International of Shopfloor Operatives / Diagnosing Performance
Negotiation / Ethics and Negotiation / Negotiating with Prospective Employer Problems / Appraising Individuals in Cross-Functional
/ Some Suggested Practices to be Followed in Negotiation / Part III Relevant Teams / Appraisal Blues / Corporate Performance
Cases / Relevant Cases Management: What Finance must do to Move the Needle /
Ten Ways to Take the “Success” out of Succession Planning
2008 / 298 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
ISBN: 978-81-7446-642-6 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
/ The Conditions of Performance: Factors that Help or
Hinder / 360 Performance Appraisal / The True Value of
HR through Case Hiring and Retaining Top Performers / How Effective is
your Organisation in Performance Management / Are your
Studies Evaluations Linking Rewards to Performance? / PMS in
Action- I / PMS in Action- II / Index
RAVI DHARMARAO
2006 / 284 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
ISBN: 81-7446-512-X / 61/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Strategies for
Organizational
2009 / 142 Pages / PB / Rs. 250 Excellence
ISBN: 978-81-7446-757-7 / 71/4x91/2
EDITED BY: V K JAIN, Director
Performance Measurement and Management (MCA), Pioneer Institute of
Professional Studies, Indore
EDITED BY
G K SURI, IMI, New Delhi
C S VENKATA RATNAM, Director, IMI,
2009 / 354 Pages / PB / Rs. 595
N K GUPTA ISBN: 978-81-7446-784-3 / 71/4x91/2
2004 / 322 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 81-7446-395-X / 51/2x81/2
33
human
resource
management
Recipient of ISTD Book Award- 2008 Enriching Human
Training and Development Capital through
Text, Research and Cases Training and
HRD Solutions for Excellence Development
G PANDU NAIK P L RAO

HR is now considered as human capital and much


This book is a pioneering work to understand the HRD function from basic to importance is given to the development and training of
advanced level and its application for adding value to business. Apart from the text this unique resource. The one area in HR that found global
the research findings and the case studies bring immense value to the reader. Sufficient visibility is training. Training has a direct relationship to
number of pictures, tables and charts have also been used in the book to help the HR’s concern about human capital development and
reader for easy understanding. The simple language and relevant examples used in globalisation of workforce. People want to study at their
this book enhances understanding even the most difficult concepts. own pace and time. The exciting development area is
CONTENTS INCLUDE: therefore e-learning.
Introduction to Training and Development/Theories of Adult Learning/Needs
Keeping the above developments in view, it is imperative
Analysis of Training/Design and Development/Implementation/Training
that business organisations should develop their own
Evaluation/Teaching and Facilitation Skills/Selection and Training of Trainers/
Training Aids/Legal and Ethical Issues in HRD/Classroom Methods/Outward
internal resources for training and development of their
Bound Methods/E-learning/Community Camp/On the Job Methods/Coaching workforce. While giving stress on management
for Performance Improvement/Mentoring/ Executive Coaching for Leadership/ development, most organizations ignore development and
Developmental Job Assignment/Employee Counselling/Higher Education for training of operatives who constitute the bulwark of their
Employed People human capital. This aspect has been suitably taken care of
in this book.
Instructor Manual Available
2007 / 518 Pages / PB / Rs. 295 TEXTBOOK This comprehensive book covers all aspects of training and
ISBN: 978-81-7446-565-8 / 71/4x91/2 development—starting from conceptual inputs to
management of training environment, instructor’s
competencies, transfer of learning, IT based training, to
Globalization and mention a few should be presented to line managers.
Human Resource Management The book is divided into four parts—Training and
SUJATA MANGARAJ, RCM, Bhubaneshwar Development, Training Delivery, Evaluation of Training,
and the last part containing eleven Appendices relating to
the Text.
Attempt has been made to present the subject in a succinct
and lucid manner, bringing the latest on the subject. The
text focuses not only on the traditional training methods,
but also on the importance of development dimensions.
2008 / 282 Pages / PB / Rs. 350 This comprehensive compendium on training and
ISBN: 978-81-7446-611-2 / 71/4x91/2
development, sprinkled with copious examples, will be
useful for the budding trainers, HR practitioners and
academicians alike.
The Performance CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Connection Introduction to Training and Development/Training
Needs Assessment/All about Learning/Effective
DENNIS DEWILDE
Trainer: Instructor’s Competencies/Management of
GEOFF ANDERSON Training Environment/Training Methods with
Illustrations/Effectiveness and Evaluation of Training/
Development Discussions on Human Resource/New
Areas in Training and Development/Organisation of
Training/Strategic Training with Reference to Strategic
Human Resource Management
2007 / 222 Pages / PB / Rs. 395
ISBN: 978-81-7446-568-9 / 61/4x91/2 2007 / 370 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-563-4 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
34
human
resource
management
Compensation Management
MOUSUMI S. BHATTACHARYA
NILANJAN SENGUPTA

Compensation Management is an emerging discipline in the


human resource management field which intends to leverage
compensation as a key resource to gain and sustain competitive
second edition advantage by organizations in a globalized economy. Compensation management is a vast
and dynamic discipline which seeks to bridge the longstanding gap in the Indian context of a
Human Resource Planning quality and comprehensive textbook on compensation management. It is highly useful for
D K BHATTACHARYYA, IISWBM, Kolkata management students, teachers and professionals at the same time.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Human Resource Planning has globally become Introduction to Compensation Management / Theories related to Compensation
a much discussed issue. Throughout the world, Management / Job Analysis / Job Evaluation / Performance Appraisal / Performance-related
manpower redundancy has become so common Pay / Person Based Compensation / Wage Differentials / Wage Fixation / Pay Design and
that it is no more catching the attention of media, Pay Structure / Executive Compensation / International Compensation Management /
India is also no exception to this. Compensation Management: Strategic Perspective

Many management institutions and universities 2008 / 210 Pages / PB / Rs. 225
ISBN: 978-81-7446-696-9 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
have now included HRP as a core paper for their
MBA curriculum. We really do not have adequate
literature in HRP—more specifically to Indian
situations. Apart from this, corporate practitioners Compensation and Reward
also like to get some insight to the nitty-gritty of Management
HRP. Keeping all these factors in view, the present
book has been developed by the author B D SINGH, IMT, Ghaziabad
considering the different aspects of HRP. The
book aims to fulfill the need for MBA course on
HRP and also for the practitioners as a reference
Compensation and Reward Management remains one of the
manual to help successful HRP practice in most critical issues of human resource management from the
organizations. standpoints of both the employer and the employees. The
employer wants to offer the most attractive pay package in order to attract the most talented
CONTENTS INCLUDE: employees from the market and at the same time wants to keep his compensation cost under
Human Resource Management/Human control. In the same way, employees want to bargain for the best pay package along with the
Resource Policies and Strategies/Strategic career opportunities and better work culture from the employer. Therefore, C & R becomes
Human Resource Planning/Human very important and strategic in human resource management. The student must know the
Resource Planning/Human Resource basics and fundamentals of compensation and reward management and the emerging trends.
Planning Process/Productivity, Technology This book precisely provides this in a simple and effective manner.
and HRP/Job Analysis, Description, and Job There has been no comprehensive book in this area in the Indian context. This book fills the
Evaluation/HRP, Recruitment, Selection and gap. The book provides live cases from industries, which provide opportunities to the students
Induction/Career Planning, Development for developing practical insight in the subject.
and Succession Planning/Training and
Some of the special features of the book are:
Performance Appraisal/Skills and Multi
Skilling/HRP, Transfer, Promotions and Job Conceptual dimension of C & R and its emerging trends, including the concept of three
Rotation/Human Resource Information P-compensation system.
Systems/Human Resource Costs/Human Theoretical base—both economic and behavioral.
Resource Accounting and Audit/Emerging Micro and Macro perspectives of C & R.
Trends and Issues in HRP Traditional and emerging pay structures.
Performance Linked Compensation and Variable Compensation.
Instructor Manual Available Managerial Pay including CEO's Compensation.
2006 / 464 Pages / PB / Rs. 295 Expatriate Compensation.
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-498-0 / 71/4x91/2 Tax Plan etc.
This book will be of immense helps to students as well as practicing managers.
Instructor Manual Available
2007 / 380 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 81-7446-546-4 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
35
human
resource
management
Organisation
second edition
Behaviour
Human Resource Management P G AQUINAS, Aloysius
Institute of Business
text and cases Administration (AIBA),
St. Aloysius College,
V S P RAO
Mangalore

The book presents the fundamentals of Human Resource Management in a simple, Some Distinctive Pedagogical Features:
lucid and easily understandable style. It provides a comprehensive coverage to a vast, Organizational Behaviour offers a number of
growing discipline – well supported by a wealth of research data collected from multifarious distinctive, time tested and interesting features for
sources, potently and carefully. A notable feature of the book is that it gives extensive students as well as new and innovative features. These
coverage to HRD topics. The book contains a number of informative tables, summary features should facilitate the students' acquisition and
boxes and useful diagrams. It is also liberally sprinkled with current examples and retention of the material.
illustrations designed to convey the information in an uncomplicated manner. The book
Learning objectives focus student attention on
is primarily meant for students pursuing advanced courses in Human Resource
upcoming chapter content and show what
Management such as MBA, PGDBA, M Com and IAS.
happens to the manager or organization.
Cases at the end of the chapter provide students
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
an opportunity to apply their knowledge in
The Strategic Role of Human Resources Management / Personnel Management:
Functions, Policies and Roles / HRM in a Dynamic Environment / Job Analysis /
making managerial decisions and
Human Resource Planning / Recruitment / Selection / Placement, Induction, Internal recommendations.
Mobility and Separations / Training / Executive Development / Career and Succession Numerous review and discussion questions follow
Planning / HRD in India / Job Design, Work Scheduling and Motivation / Job each chapter. These questions are designed to
Evaluation / Performance and Potential Appraisal / Compensation Administration / enhance student learning and interest.
Incentives and Employee Benefits / Health and Safety / Employee Welfare / Social CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Security / Teams and Team Work / Employee Grievances and Discipline / Collective PART 1 FOUNDATIONS OF
Bargaining / Participation and Empowerment / Trade Unions and Employers’ ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR/An
Associations / Industrial Relations and Industrial Disputes / Personnel Records, Introduction to Organizational Behaviour/Issues
Audit and Research / Human Resource Accounting and Information System / Job and Research Methods in Organizational
Stress, Counselling and Mentoring / International Human Resource Management / Behaviour/A Conceptual Model for
Index Organizational Behaviour/
PART 2 INDIVIDUAL PROCESSES AND
Instructor Manual Available B E H AV I O U R / Pe r s o n a l i t y / Pe rc e p t i o n ,
2005 / 710 Pages / PB / Rs. 350 Attribution and Individual Decision Making/
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-448-4 / 81/4x11 Attitudes, Values, Ethics and Job Satisfaction/
Basic Motivation Concepts/Motivation in
Organizations/Learning and Performance
Comprehensive Human Resource Management Management/Stress and Well-being at Work/
PART 3 GROUP BEHAVIOUR/Foundations
P L RAO, Managing Director, Polar Management Services (P) Ltd of Group Behaviour/The Informal Organization
and Understanding Work Teams/
Communication/Leadership/Behavioural
CONTENTS INCLUDE: Aspects of Decision Making/Organizational
PART-I Introduction/Human Resource Management/PART-II Human Resource Conflict and Inter-group Behaviour/
Acquisition/Human Resource Planning/Recruitment/Employee/Socialising the New Organizational Power and Politics/PART 4 THE
Employee/PART-III Human Resource Maintenance/Compensation Management/ ORGANIZATION SYSTEM/Foundations of
Understanding And Maintaining HR/PART-IV Human Resource Integration/ Organization Structure/Strategic Organization
Integration/People Skills/PART-V Human Relations/Employee Relations/Industrial Design/Job and the Design of Work/
Organizational Culture/PART 5
Relations/PART-VI Development & Evaluation of HR/Education/Training/
ORGANIZATIONAL DYNAMICS/Managing
Development/PART- VII Modern Human Resource Management/Human Resource
Change/Organization Development
Process/Quality Management/HRM In New Technology/PART-VIII HRM - New
Frontiers/ International HRM

Instruction Manual (CD) for faculty members available on request. Instructor Manual Available
2004 / 344 Pages / 71/4x91/2 2006 / 424 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
HB / Rs. 750 / ISBN: 81-7446-374-7 ISBN: 81-7446-474-3 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
PB / Rs. 275 / ISBN: 81-7446-373-9 TEXTBOOK
36
human
resource insurance
management
second edition A Textbook
Volume One
on Principles
360 Degree Feedback and Performance
& Practice of
Management System
EDITORS: T V RAO, RAJU RAO
Life
This book has a comprehensive coverage of 360 degree feedback,
Insurance
performance management system, linking 360 degree feedback G KRISHNASWAMY
with performance management and finally pay strategies. The
primary objective of TVRLS in compiling this book is to encourage more indigenous
innovations and enhance learning through mutual sharing. This book is an effort by the author, who has
2000 / 306 Pages / PB / Rs. 295 been associated with the Life Insurance industry
ISBN: 81-7446-206-6 / 51/2x81/2 TEXTBOOK
for almost half a century, to impart extensive
Volume Two knowledge in each subject. The book should
ideally be possessed by the employees of every
360 Degree Feedback and Performance Life Insurance company besides helping the MBA
Management System students to acquire the working knowledge in
Life Insurance.
EDITORS: T V RAO, GOPAL MAHAPATRA, RAJU RAO,
NANDINI CHAWLA CONTENTS INCLUDE:
History of Insurance and Insurance Contract
This is competency era. Organizations with competent people / Distribution Channel / Life Insurance
are likely to go ahead. How do you know if you have competent Products / Concept of Premium, Investment
people? How do you know if you are one of them? 360 degree and Solvency Margin / Life Insurance
Assessment and Feedback has come to be accepted as a good tool for competency assessment Underwriting / Insurance Documents,
and leadership building. Conditions and Privileges / Survival Benefit
TVRLS has developed its own models of competency and leadership building (RSDQ) Claim, Maturity Claim and Death Claim /
Office Management, Information Technology,
through 360 Degree Assessment. This book is the outcome of the experience shared at the
etc. / Legislative Matters / Financial Planning
second conference on 360 Degree Feedback and performance insights into how Indian
and Insurance Marketing
Organization are using 360 DF and PMS to improve themselves.
2002 / 268 Pages / PB / Rs. 200 2009 / 312 Pages / PB / Rs. 360
TEXTBOOK TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-315-1 / 51/2x81/2 ISBN: 978-81-7446-712-6 / 71/4x91/2

Volume Three
360 Degree Feedback and Assessment & Sell Crores
Development Centres Earn Lakhs
EDITORS: how to sell life
T V RAO, insurance for
NANDINI CHAWLA high income
360 Degree Feedback, often used in tandem with Assessment and S M DEVADASON
Development Centres, is a powerful technique pioneered in India
by TV Rao Learning Systems, who have over the last five years
applied this very successfully to many of India's large companies.
This volume, the third and last in the series, is an indispensable corollary and companion to CONTENTS INCLUDE:
the second volume, in as much as the focus is on Leadership Development, one of the most Introduction for New Entrants/Building
urgently felt needs of the Corporate sector. Spurred on by the threats and opportunities of Self-Confidence/Goal Setting/Planning to
global competition, companies are now focusing on developing talented leaders. This book, Win/Prospecting - Finding Gold in the
in mapping the terrain and the strategies needed to compete, focuses inter alia on: Rocks/Pre-Approach/Entry/The
Presentation/Objection Handling/
Assessment Centres Negotiation/Closing/After Sales Service/
New Case Studies Pertaining to Top Indian Corporates From the Internet/Quick Comparisons
Critical essays pertaining to Competency Mapping, 360 Degree Feedback, Assessment of some of the life Insurance Plans of LIC
Centres, and Mergers & Acquisitions and some other Companies/Customer
In-house Work by Organizations without outside Assistance Psychology/ A Day in the life of an
Insurance Professional
These vital issues explored in elaborate detail in this book will be appreciated not only by
2006 / 212 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
practicing HR professionals and senior executives, but also by management students. ISBN: 81-7446-513-8 / 61/4x91/2
2005 / 352 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
ISBN: 81-7446-414-X / 51/2x81/2 TEXTBOOK
37
insurance marketing

Negotiation and Selling


R K SRIVASTAVA

Negotiation is the process of communicating back and forth, for the purpose
of reaching a joint agreement about differing needs or ideas. It is becoming
an important function in today’s scenario. This book presents a broad
perspective of the subject to develop a correct perception about it.
The book describes the basic types of negotiation and seems to incorporate
the best means to derive a win-win situation in its totality of expression. In
an attempt to make the book more practical, a lot of research-based articles have been incorporated in
Principles of Insurance the text. The main focus areas of the book are International Negotiation and Impact of different
Management cultures on negotiation.

A Special Focus on Developments The book would prove to be an excellent developmental tool, which will provide sound basics in
in Indian Insurance Sector — learning negotiation skills. The analytical approach to understanding the counterparty perspective and
the issues offers many practical guidelines that will be of great benefit for any negotiation situation. The
Pre and Post Liberalisation
book conforms to the syllabi of most of the Indian universities and would serve as a useful text for the
NEELAM C GULATI, Programme
students of MBA, BBA and other diploma course in management.
Director, Exclusive ICWAI Study CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Centre, Faridabad Negotiation / Types of Negotiation / Preparing for Negotiation / Organisational Structure—The
Interface for Negotiation / Impact of Culture on Negotiation / International Negotiation / Negotiation
- How Can it be taught Effectively to Students? (Article) / Understanding Culture in International
This book is a comprehensive insight
Negotiations Case Studies: Applications in Negotiation
into basics of insurance and types of 2010 / 202 Pages / PB / Rs. 175
insurance with a special focus on the ISBN: 978-81-7446-818-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
life insurance industry. This book has
been written keeping in mind mainly
the interest of students pursuing
specialization in insurance both at
Marketing Strategy
graduate and postgraduate level. This ANIL MISHRA
book will be of benefit to students AMIT MISHRA
appearing for various diplomas in This book emphasises specifically at marketing strategy and, in particular,
insurance as well as to the insurance the strategy concerning the formulation and implementation of the
industry professionals at large. marketing mix. The successful implementation of the marketing mix leads
to satisfaction of customer wants and needs and increases the likelihood of
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
achieving an organisation’s objectives in the market place.
The Concept of Risk/The
Evolution and Meaning of When changes in the market and the marketing environment are incremental in nature, firms can
Insurance/Essentials of Insurance successfully adapt themselves to the new situation by modifying current marketing and other functional
Contracts/Risk Appraisal and programmes. Such changes can be introduced through technological innovations, changes in customer
Selection/Premium/Classification tastes, changes in legal regulations, economic and financial constraints or any change in environmental
of Insurance/Basics of Life conditions. This book discusses the nature and formulation of business and marketing strategy and
Insurance/Life Insurance point to the need for marketing strategy management in order to carry it out. Also, it outlines the
Documents/Classification of Life nature of the marketing management process that is involved.
Insurance Policies/Annutities/
Claims Management in Life This book is divided into four parts: First part (Chapter 1&2) deals with the understanding of
Insurance/Principles of General Marketing Strategies and Market Research. Second Part (Chapter 3 to Chapter 6) includes Marketing
Insurance/General Insurance Mix and Strategies for these mixes. Third Part (Chapter 7 to Chapter 9) carries 3 C Analysis i.e.,
Business/Fire and Motor Competitor Analysis, Customer Analysis and Company Analysis. In addition, Fourth Part (chapter 10
Insurance/Nature of Marine and 11) includes recent trends of market structure and environment. It also carries 10 caselets to make
Insurance Contract/Marine topics more clear.
Losses/Reinsurance/Information This book would prove to be a reliable source of material on the subject of marketing management
Technology, the Key to Success of
containing some of the old and familiar terms.
Insurance Services/Insurance
Distribution in India/Ethics in CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Insurance Distribution/Loss Marketing and Strategy: A Modern Prospect / Researching Markets and the Consumer Base / Product
Prevention and Control Strategies / Pricing Strategies / Promotion Mix / Place Mix Strategies / Assessing the Capabilities of
Instructor Manual Available Competitors / Understanding the Requirements of Consumers / Mapping the Competency Profile of
the Company / Identifying the Market Structure and Trends / Marketing Environment
2007 / 338 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
2010 / 332 Pages / PB / Rs. 275
ISBN: 81-7446-556-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK ISBN: 978-81-7446-831-4 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
38
marketing

second edition
Consumer Behaviour
Advertising
& Marketing
An IMC Perspective
Communication
S N MURTHY
S H H KAZMI U BHOJANNA

Over the years, the complexity and competition in the This book deals individually with various communication tools as well as how
marketplace have made the study of consumer behaviour of they could be combined to get optimum results. Integration is the key to
vital importance. It is a vast and complex subject and success. The major factors affecting the sale of a product are advertising, sales
understanding and ‘knowing consumers’ is not that simple. It promotion, direct marketing, public relations, personal selling, internet and
is almost impossible to predict with total accuracy how event management. Equal importance has been given to each of these factors in
consumer(s) will behave in a given situation. Marketers develop this book.
and direct their communications to influence consumers’
Throughout the text, current advertisement examples on important issues are
behaviour in a desired manner and for this reason they are
presented. This book would help the readers to understand the different aspects
keenly interested in the wide variety of behaviours that
of advertising in a better way.
consumers display.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
On the other hand, consumers are moved by a complex set of SECTION-I / An Introduction to Advertising / Role of IMC in Marketing
deep and subtle emotions. Their behaviour springs from deeply Process / Role of Advertising Agencies & Other Marketing Communication
held cultural values, motivations, perceptions of the world, Organizations / The Communication Process / Perspective on Consumer
their attitudes and situations, common sense, impulse or Behaviour / SECTION-II / Source, Message and Channel Factor / Advertising
whimsy. As one can imagine, all this is the outcome of a large Objectives and Budgeting / Message and Creativity / Advertising Headlines
number of external and internal influences. / SECTION-III / Media Planning and Strategy / Support Media / Evaluation
of Media / SECTION-IV / Direct Marketing / Sales Promotion / Event
In an attempt to meet the students’ requirements, this book Management / Public Relation, Publicity and Corporate Advertising / Personal
discusses the topics of advertising and sales promotion in Selling / Web Advertising: Internet and IMC / SECTION-V / Monitoring,
sufficient detail. The book is divided into two sections. The Evaluation and Control / Economic, Social and Ethical Implications of
first part deals with the aspects of Consumer Behaviour and the Advertising / Regulation of Advertisement / SECTION-V / Industrial
second part consists of the topics of Advertising and Marketing Advertising / International Advertising / Advertising Art, Graphic, Layout
Communication. This book would be relevant to the Indian and Visualization / Merchandising / CASE STUDIES / Case-1 It is simply
students as it contains lots of Indian examples. Every effort has not a Jam — It’s a GEM / Case-2 Ad campaign for a young consumer / Case-
been made to make the book student friendly and the text is 3 Mumbai Stores / Case-4 Crest TV manufacturing company / Case-5
easy to comprehend. Energy Booster – Malt / Case-6 Ad Agency / Case-7 Situation Analysis
2010 / 458 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
CONTENTS INCLUDE: ISBN: 978-81-7446-835-2 / 71/2x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Section I: Consumer Behaviour / Consumer Behaviour
and its Applications / Market Segmentation / Consumers
and Cultural Influences / Social Class Influences and
Retail Management
Consumer Behaviour / Group Influences and Consumer An Indian Perspective
Behaviour / Communication within Groups and Opinion R GOPAL
Leadership / Innovations and the Diffusion Process / PRADIP MANJREKAR
Motivation / Personality / Perception / Learning / Attitude
The Department of Business Management,
Formation and Change / Situational Variables and Problem
Padmashree Dr. D. Y. Patil University, Navi
Recognition / Information Search and Evaluation / Outlet
Selection and Purchase Behaviour / Post Purchase Behaviour Mumbai, had organised a one day International
/ Consumer Behaviour Models (Nicosia, Howard-Sheth Research Conference on Retail Management.
and EKB) / Organisational Buyer Behaviour / Section II: Research papers presented in this seminar have
Advertising and Marketing Communication / Advertising addressed the issues of e-retailing, Retailing in Financial Services, Retail
/ Advertising Classification, Functions and Benefits / Shoppers Behaviour, Store/Mall Management, Visual Merchandising, etc. This
Economic, Social and Ethical Issues / Client and Advertising book is a compilation of the selected 64 research papers.
Agency / Marketing Communications / Source, Message The book has deliberated upon some of the current issues to draw viable
and Medium Factors / Positioning / Brand Equity, Image
solutions and to suggest the ways to fortify research in Retail areas for win-win
and Personality / Advertising Objectives and Budget
outcomes. This book is a result of the inputs made by some of the enthusiastic
Allocation / Media Planning / Creativity, Appeals, Execution
Styles, Headline, & Layout / Planning Advertising Campaign
researchers. It will provide a good platform for dissemination of the additional
/ Testing Advertising Effectiveness / Sales Promotion knowledge generated in this field by various investigators.
2010 / 480 Pages / PB / Rs. 250 2010 / 684 Pages / PB / Rs. 850
ISBN: 978-81-7446-844-4 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK ISBN: 978-81-7446-813-0/ 71/4x91/2
39
marketing

Rural Markets Cases in


Understanding Consumers & Developmental Issues Services
EDITED BY Marketing
SANAL KUMAR VELAYUDHAN
GUDA SRIDHAR VINITH KUMAR NAIR

Rural markets are critical for marketers today because of the market size and the potential that it The tertiary sector of the Indian economy–services
holds for marketers. The academic interest in the subject is created by the challenges that this
sector–covers a wide gamut of activities like trading,
market holds to marketers in the field. The widely dispersed market and limited infrastructure
banking and finance, infotainment, real estate,
to access the markets, and also the diversity within the rural market have posed a serious challenge
transportation, security, management and technical
to marketers and aroused the intellectual curiosity among academia.
consultancy among several others.
In order to address the need for grouping some of the research on rural marketing, Marketing
Area of Indian Institute of Management, Kozhikode, initiated conferences on the subject to This book is a collection of case studies developed on
examine the boundaries of rural marketing, understanding rural consumers, communications different service providing firms like hotel, hair fixing,
and channels, environment of rural consumers that included agriculture, developmental issues film processing, hospitals, etc. The book tries to cover
and ICTs. This book is the result of the 2nd conference on ‘Marketing to Rural Consumers’ held all the facets of Services Marketing and can be used
in 2009. as a supplementary book along with any standard
The select papers from the conference are part of this compilation. This book contains 18 selected Services Marketing textbook. It can also be used as a
and edited papers presented in the conference. These papers are organised in two sections: core book to understand the different facets of service
Consumer Behaviour, and Developmental Issues. marketing in a very practical sense and in the Indian
Surge in the publications on rural marketing is an indicator of the growing interest in this Context. The cases in this book are based on Medium
emerging domain of knowledge. This book intends to fulfill the aim of the contributors to and Small Service Enterprises. All the case studies are
consolidate the knowledge that has evolved over the past years. open ended, discussing business dilemmas that these
2010 / 278 Pages / PB / Rs. 450 organizations are facing.
ISBN: 978-81-7446-834-5 / 71/4x91/2
This book also includes cases written by different
authors. An important case of this book is the case of
Rambhai who runs a tea stall outside IIM-A. This
Scope & Challenges of Rural Marketing particular case got a lot of media attention because of
its uniqueness. This book will, therefore, help the
in India students to get a practical insight into how the service
EDITED BY firms manage their business.
SUMESH RAIZADA
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
VISHAL AGARWAL
Case 1: Prasad Film Laboratories / Case 2: The
Business of “RBK”— A Role to be Understood
/ Case 3: Rama Varma Club / Case 4: Planet
Health: The Next Big Battleground? / Case 5:
This book is a compilation of the select papers received for presentation at the National Hotel Indraprastha / Case 6: Gulf Gate Hair
Conference on Rural Marketing organized by the BLS Institute of Management. The Fixing / Case 7: OLEE Beauty Saloon / Case 8:
papers have been clubbed into four major sections: Coconut Bay Beach Resort / Case 9: Success
Story of Koumudi Grameena Netralaya / Case
Rural Retail and Distribution ICT Interface in Rural Markets Strategies for the
10: CABEE — Call Taxi Service / Case 11:
Rural Marketing Emerging Trends and Opportunities
Cirus Computers / Case 12: Traveller’s Point:
These papers cover wide-ranging aspects of rural marketing and are based on conceptual Bringing Life to Your Journey… / Case 13:
analysis, experiences as well as research findings of the contributors. The broad issues Kerala Institute of Medical Sciences / Case 14:
discussed in these papers include various sub-themes related to rural markets such as, Professional Couriers — A Franchisee Model of
consumer buying behaviour, marketing mix strategies, recession, organized retail, scope Service Delivery / Case 15: Madonna Ladies
of ICT, etc. Collections and Footwears / Case 16: Sri
Vinayaka Service Station / Case 17: Rent A Car
This book is expected to explore and bring forth the thought provoking strategies that Services — Paradise Tours
would assist business organizations in their rural venture. It aims at generating new
streams of ideas on the contemporary field of Rural Marketing. The book would prove to 2010 / 104 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
be immensely useful to the researchers, academicians as well as practitioners. ISBN: 978-81-7446-840-6 / 61/4x91/2
2010 / 390 Pages / PB / Rs. 595
ISBN: 978-81-7446-842-0 / 71/4x91/2

40
marketing

fourth edition Travel and Tourism


International Management
Marketing V V VARA PRASAD, Associate Professor and
P K VASUDEVA, Principal, HOD, Dept. of Business Administration, Raghu
Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan, Engineering College
Chandigarh. V B T SUNDARI, Reader and HOD, History and
Tourism in St. Joseph's College for Women

This is the 4th edition of the book which has been written in The present book is aimed to bring out the important concepts and features
response to the continuous and rapid changes in international of tourism management. It is well-designed to cover the basic concepts required
marketing and the new challenges that are arising, including for the UG and PG level students to understand the process of tourism
increased coverage of cultural differences, logistics, supply chain management and its ingredients. The entire gamut of tourism management is
management, retailing and the impact of the internet on adequately covered spreading into Six Units. Unit-I covers the introduction
international marketing and exports. to tourism management and advent of tourism at the international and domestic
This book comprehensively covers both international marketing levels. Unit-II describes the concept of tourism organisation at national and
and a part of export management with a focus on marketing international levels. Unit-III analyses the significance of travel and its
decisions and management processes involved in exporting and components. Unit-IV is devoted to explain the role of accommodation in
not simply a ‘how to’ give treatment of technical export details. tourism. Unit-V explains the marketing of tourism products. It examines the
A new Chapter on India and World Trade has been included in various features of tourism marketing vis-à-vis strategies for concentrated
this edition. Basically it covers the World Trade Organisation effort to enhance customer satisfaction. Unit-VI deals with exploring the
which is very rare in the books on international marketing. The avenues of growth and government initiatives to develop the sector.
coverage of WTO starts from GATT to WTO to Doha Round
Simple language is deliberately chosen to reach the average student and
which is highly controversial and damaging for the developing
illustrations are provided, to the extent possible, with real life examples. The
countries especially Agreement on Agriculture, TRIPS and GATS.
book would prove to be very useful and rewarding for the student community
Another chapter on Currencies and Foreign Exchange has also
and faculty interested in the subject of tourism management.
been added as it has gained importance in recent times due to a
downturn in global financial crisis. CONTENTS INCLUDE:
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO TOURISM / Introduction to Tourism /
There is an increased coverage of the two most important
Evolution of Tourism / Implications of Tourism / UNIT II:
emerging markets of the 21st century; China and India. New ORGANISATION AND TOURISM / Tourism Organisation / Indian
cases from companies including DELL, Unilever, Hero Honda, Tourism Organisation / World Tourism Organisation / UNIT III: TRAVEL
Tata Indicom, RP Group of Live Sciences, AND TOURISM / Introduction to Travel / Modes of Travel / Air Travel
PricewaterhouseCoopers and Microsoft will help students to Organisation / UNIT IV: ACCOMMODATION AND TOURISM /
apply the theory. The latest Foreign Trade Policy 2009-2014 has Hotel Industry / UNIT V: MARKETING AND TOURISM / Introduction
also been included in this edition which has become important to Marketing / Services Marketing Mix / UNIT VI: PLANNING AND
due to global recession. TOURISM / Tourism Planning
CONTENTS INCLUDE: 2009 / 252 Pages / PB / Rs. 200
Introduction to International Marketing / Economic ISBN: 978-81-7446-768-3 / 71/4x91/2
Environment of International Marketing / Dynamics of World
Market: Identifying and Satisfying Global Needs, Customer Relationship Management
Coordinating Activities and Recognizing Constraints /
International Institutions – World Bank, IMF, UNCTAD, A Key to Corporate Success
Customs Union, Common Markets, Free Trade Zones, V VENKATA RAMANA, University of Hyderabad
Economic Communities, Special Economic Zones, NAFTA, G SOMAYAJULU
SAFTA and EU / Constraints on International Marketing –
2003 / 392 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
Fiscal and Non-Fiscal Barriers, Tariffs and Non-Tariff Barriers ISBN: 81-7446-321-6 / 71/2x91/2
/ Trading Partners – Bilateral Trade Agreements, Commodity
Agreements and GSP / India and World Trade / EXIM
Policy / Foreign Trade Policy: 2004-2009 and 2009-2014 Marketing to Rural Consumers
/ International Product Policy and Planning / Pricing Policy
/ Logistic Management, International Distribution and Sales Understanding and tapping the rural
Policy / Promotional Management and Advertising / market potential
International Marketing Research / International Retail
Marketing / Currencies and Foreign Exchange / Settlement EDITED BY
of International Disputes SANAL KUMAR VELAYUDHAN
GUDA SRIDHAR
Instructor Manual Available
2010 / 618 Pages / PB / Rs. 375 2009 / 366 Pages / PB / Rs. 400
ISBN: 978-81-7446-817-8 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK ISBN: 978-81-7446-720-1 / 71/2x91/2
41
marketing

second edition
second edition
Marketing Sales and Distribution Management
Management Text and Cases
text and cases with SAP Applications
Indian Context An Indian Perspective
TAPAN K PANDA, Professor, DR. S L GUPTA, BITS, Noida
Marketing, Indian Institute of
Management, Indore CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Block I : Basics of Sales Management / Sales Management Strategy / Personal
Student CD Included
Selling / Sales Organisation / Recruitment and Selection / Selection and Training
Marketing combines application of multiple disciplines like of Representatives / Compensation and Motivation of Sales Force / Salesman's
Compensation and Motivation / Monitoring and Performance Appraisal / Planning
Economics, Psychology, Sociology, Statistics, Information
of Promotions of Sales Force / Sales Forecasting, Quotas and Territory Management
Systems and many other subjects with emerging areas of
/ Sales Budgeting and Control / Block II : New Techniques of Sales Management
information technology. While attempting to understand / Sales Management Information System and Sales Training / Relationship
and apply various concepts and strategies of marketing, Marketing / Internet as an Emerging Selling Technique / Direct Marketing /
Indian students often confront unrelated foreign market International Sales Management / Block III : Sales Promotion Management / Sales
issues, inapplicable examples for Indian markets and Display and Sales Promotion / Sales Promotions Strategies / Sales Promotion
unbelievable situations of marketing warfare. Such an Budget and Evaluation / Types and Techniques of Sales Promotion / Block IV :
orientation crippled with complex use of language reduces Basics of the Distribution System / Distribution System / Distribution Costs,
the student's ability and intent in such an interesting Control and Customer Service / Selection of Channels / Selecting a Suitable
discipline of management. Hence, this book is written Channel Partner / Role and Function of Channels of Distribution / Selection and
keeping in mind the above listed problems. The author has Motivation of Distribution Channels / Motivational Tools of Distribution Channels
tried to develop a conceptual orientation palpable to Indian / Distribution Analysis, Control and Managemen / Block V : Physical Distribution
students. Management / Logistics for Customer Satisfaction / Physical Distribution
Management – Transportation and Warehousing / Block VI : New Techniques of
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
BLOCK-1: INTRODUCTION TO MARKETING Managing Distribution / Retail Management / Merchandise Techniques / Retail
/ Introduction / Creating and Delivering Customer Selling / Distribution of Services / SAP Sales & Distribution
Value / BLOCK-2: ANALYZING MARKET
OPPORTUNITIES / Marketing Planning / Demand TEXTBOOK
Measurement and Forecasting / Marketing Information
System and Marketing Research / The Environment
for Marketing Decisions / Indian Marketing
International Marketing
Environment / Consumer Behavior / Organizational RAJENDRA NARGUNDKAR, Director of PES
Buyer Behavior / Market Segmentation, Targeting and Institute of Management, Bangalore
Positioning / BLOCK-3: PRODUCT AND BRAND
MANAGEMENT DECISIONS / Managing the
Product / The Marketing of Services / Management of
New Product Development Process / Managing the
This book is going to be a trendsetter in the field of
Product Life Cycle / Managing Brands / BLOCK-4:
international marketing. It is a storehouse of the latest
PRICING DECISIONS / Developing Pricing Strategies
and Programs / Pricing Applications / BLOCK-5: developments in international marketing from a unique
CHANNEL MANAGEMENT DECISIONS / Indian perspective. With a lot of contemporary cases (up to early 2008) that cover
Managing Marketing Channels / Management of issues related to organizational and marketing strategy, including sensing opportunity
Logistics and Physical Distribution / Retail Management and fulfilling global ambitions, it is an exciting new addition to the options available
/ Channel Management and Indian Distribution System to an Indian business school professor.
/ BLOCK-6: MARKETING COMMUNICATION
DECISIONS / Integrated Marketing Communication SPECIAL FEATURES
/ Advertising Management / Sales Promotion Original cases based on Indian companies / Easy to read text / Coverage of major
concepts in international marketing / Focus on marketing - no overlap with
Management / Publicity and Public Relations / Sales
international business or similar courses
Management / Direct Marketing / BLOCK-7:
CONTROLLING MARKETING DECISIONS / CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Marketing Organization / BLOCK-8: Why International Marketing / Entry Strategies / Challenges in International
CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN MARKETING / Marketing / Segmentation and Product Market Strategy / Branding Internationally
Non-Profit Marketing / Environmental Marketing / / Pricing Internationally / International Promotions / International Distribution
Rural Marketing / Global Marketing / Index /Organisation and Control / A Long-term Strategy—Firmness of Goals and
Instructor Manual Available Flexibility of Mind / Case Studies
2006 / 750 Pages / PB / Rs. 350 2008 / 266 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
ISBN: 81-7446-548-0 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-628-0/ 71/4x91/2
42
marketing

Marketing Research
AVINASH KAPOOR, Faculty, Marketing, third edition
MDI, Gurgaon
CHINMAYA KULSHRESTHA, Faculty, Advertising and
Marketing, MDI, Gurgaon
Sales Promotion
S H H KAZMI, Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan
SATISH K BATRA, University of
Rajasthan
The book engages and guides the readers to comprehend that the vehicle and
engine of marketing runs on dynamic market, marketing research tools and ADVERTISING is a brilliant form of art that has become an indispensable
innovative and strategic planning... part of our lives. As the business scene has transformed for the better in
DR. ARVIND KALIA, National Head, Rajasthan Patrika Ltd. our country, much is happening on the advertising front. To tap the
A timely and comprehensive dossier that can help acquiring skills necessary to progress of Indian Advertising in this changed scenario, a third edition of
be a good executioner as well as user of research. the book ‘Advertising and Sales Promotion’ has been prepared for the
MS. SHEFALI CHHACHHI, Marketing Director, students. In this new edition, all the chapters have been revised and some
Max Bupa Health Insurance moderately updated with more relevant text, figures, boxes, exhibits and
The text is exhaustive and elaborating in nature providing/covering all aspects references.
and dimensions of Marketing Research and processes.
DR. AJAY KUMAR JAIN, Associate Professor, MDI, Gurgaon Highlights of this edition:
Matter on Segmentation now includes current framework of Values
The book is designed to serve as a text for the students of PhD, MBA, and Lifestyle and Positioning topic has been re-written.
Executive MBA and the undergraduate Programmes, and also as a
ready reference for marketers, researchers and practitioners. Text on Brand Personality and Image has been updated.
New Appendices have been added at the end of Part -I and Part -
CONTENTS INCLUDE: IV, respectively.
Unit-I: Introduction, basic concepts, Research Problem
Formulation & Research Dynamics / Research Basics / Planning Some new Boxes with insightful contents have been added.
the Research / Research Design / Unit-II: Data Collection Some of the old exhibits have been replaced with the new ones.
Techniques / Secondary Data / Primary Data / Unit-III: Scaling
And Sampling Techniques / Measurement and Scaling Techniques The book essentially deals with the dynamic concept of Sales Promotion
/ Sampling: Design, Size and Procedure / Unit-IV: Data Analysis and its effect on the consumer. Particularly meant for the students of
/ Data Processing / Data Analysis - I / Data Analysis - II / Testing management, specialising in marketing; the book provides a thoroughly
Hypothesis / Unit-V: Data Interpretation & Application / Research educative and interesting reading.
Report / Application of Marketing Research / Case Studies /
Glossary / Bibliography / Index CONTENTS INCLUDE:
2010 / 368 Pages / PB / Rs. 265 SECTION ONE: ADVERTISING
ISBN: 978-81-7446-786-7 / 71/4x91/2
Part-1 / Introduction to Advertising and a Brief History/Advertising
Classification, Functions and Benefits/Economic, Social, and Ethical
Customer Relationship Issues/Client and Advertising Agency / Part-II / Marketing
Communications/Source, Message, and Medium Factors/Consumer
Management Behaviour Perspective/Advertising Response Process (How Advertising
Works)/Attention, Comprehension and Recall / Part-III / Segmentation
SUBHASISH DAS, Dean, Institute of and Positioning/Brand Awareness, Brand Attitudes and Feelings/Brand
Business & Computer Studies, Bhubaneswar Equity, Image and Personality/Advertising Objectives and Budget
Allocation / Part-IV / Media Planning and Strategy/Media Evaluation/
Support Media/Internet / Part-V / Creative Strategy – Planning and
Development/Creative Strategy – Execution and Evaluation/Planning
Advertising Campaign /Advertising Research
SECTION TWO: SALES PROMOTION
Part-VI / Sales Promotion/Sales Promotion and Consumer Behaviour
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
and How Promotions Affect Sales/Sales Promotion – Objectives and
Call Center and Contact Center/Effective Communication Skills/
Budget Allocation/Sales Promotion – Design Issues, Planning Guidelines
Customer Handling Skill/Protocols for Customer Handling/
and Evaluation / Part VII / Sales Promotion – Tools and Techniques
Customer Handling Skills/International Selling – Introduction to
Selling Techniques
Instructor Manual Available
2007 / 130 Pages / PB / Rs. 175
ISBN: 81-7446-531-6 / 61/4x91/2 2008 / 658 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
ISBN: 978-81-7446-639-6 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
43
marketing

Basics of Tourism Management Negotiations &


SUDDHENDU NARAYAN MISRA Selling
SAPAN KUMAR SADUAL SAMEER A KULKARNI

The present book incorporates the rudiments of tourism


management for the students. It takes a global look at what
tourism is all about, with adequate examples wherever
necessary, and every effort is made to make the text interesting
for the readers. The book is comprehensive in the sense that
it treats the different facets of tourism industry.
This book is designed to introduce the context and
The book will provide an essential reading for anyone interested in tourism, whether a
models practiced in negotiations and sales. It provides
student, a teacher, a professional, or even a common man. It is written in simple and
an incisive discussion about the suitability of various
lucid manner so as to be understood without hiccups. The book examines all the key
negotiation models and their applications. The
elements of tourism – why it is an important global business and how it affects our
objective of this book is to assist the readers to
everyday lives. In simple terms, it shows how the tourism industry is organized, run and
understand the theory and introduce them to the vast
managed.
scope of Negotiation and Selling in Marketing
CONTENTS INCLUDE: discipline.
Introduction / Tourism Industry / Tourist Destinations / Tourist Products / Tourism
Organizations / Planning / Marketing / Travel Formalities / Thrust Areas of Tourism The book is divided into thirteen chapters,
/ Emerging Sectors of Tourism / Tourism Policy of India / Human Resource and encompassing what is negotiation and its application
Tourism in selling and sourcing. It is well-equipped with hardcore
2008 / 242 Pages / PB / Rs. 245 technique like 'Sales Funnel'. It will explain about 'How
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-681-5 / 71/4x91/2 to close Negotiation'. 'Negotiations and Tenders' is
the 'gem' chapter of this book. One entire chapter
Services Marketing deals with e-negotiations. The book would prove to be
concepts, planning and implementation very beneficial for the readers, including both students
C BHATTACHARYA, Head, Training, Wadhwan Retail,
and professionals, as far as the tools and concepts are
Mumbai concerned. At the end of the book, there are five latest
vibrant case studies namely,
Ranbaxy Dalichi Negotiation case study
While most books on marketing and services are readable, Inter-state Bus Terminal at Dwarka and
very few take the student's viewpoint and set out to answer contractor's case study
the question “Is it understandable?” in the affirmative. This
Sun and Taro Pharma case study
book and its pedagogy has been designed precisely with this in mind:
Design: The book has a consistency of design that is innovative, with aesthetic appeals. Bharti and MTN case study
Opening and Closing Cases: Every chapter begins and ends with a case. The cases introduce Yahoo and Microsoft case study
the primary theme and issues discussed in the chapter and closes with analytical tasks for the
students. CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Objectives: Every chapter has clear learning expectations. What is Negotiation? / Types of Negotiation / The
Process of Negotiation / Negotiation Strategies /
CONTENTS INCLUDE: Negotiations in Sales and Sourcing / Customer
Part I: An Overview of Services / An Introduction to Services / The Services Environment Focused Selling Models / Types of Selling / Sales
/ Service Models / Classification of the Service Industry / Managing of Relationships Funnel / Closing of a Sales Negotiation /
in Services Marketing / Part II: Service Marketing / Service Marketing— An Introduction Negotiation and Tenders / Contribution of Culture
/ Marketing Planning / Managing Knowledge in a Service Firm (Through Marketing in Negotiation / Mastering the Art of Selling /
Research) / Buying Behaviour of the Service Consumer / Target Marketing in Services What are E-negotiations? / Case Studies /
/ How to Address the Unique Characteristics of the Service Industry— Strategies and Appendices / Glossary / References / Index
Tactics / The First P: Service Product / The Second P: The Pricing of Services / The
Third P: Developing the Service Communication Mix (Promotion) / The Fourth P: 2008 / 214 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
ISBN: 978-81-7446-693-8 / 51/2x81/2 TEXTBOOK
Service Channels and Distribution / The Fifth P: Managing the Internal and External
Customers / “Sixth and Seventh P: Managing the Physical Evidence and Process in
Service Marketing” / Impact of Technology on Services Marketing (Technology Adoption Marketing Skills in Management
in Service Firms to Enhance Competitiveness) / Part III: Assessment and Improvement
/ Measuring Service Quality / Customer Retention through CRM / Part IV: Cases in DR. MEENU GUPTA
Service Sectors DR. UPALI MAHANAMA
Instructor Manual Available DR. RANJAN MADANAYAKE
2006 / 698 Pages / PB / Rs. 350 2007 / 152 Pages / PB / Rs. 225
ISBN: 81-7446-477-8 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK ISBN: 978-81-7446-573-3 / 71/4x91/2
44
marketing

second edition Customer Satisfaction


Consumer Behaviour Delight
Text and Cases the success mantra of the 21st century
SATISH K BATRA, University of Rajasthan
B N DASTOOR
S H H KAZMI, Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan

We are all consumers living in a society. The most important concern This excellent book by B.N.Dastoor very effectively introduces the reader to the
for marketers is to influence consumer behaviour in a desired manner. art of delighting the customer. After all, in the global markets of today, you either
This book attempts to answer the big question, “Why do people behave delight the customer or disappear.
the way they do as consumers of all sorts of goods and services?” Rajiv Vastupal, President, Ahmedabad Management Association

The focus of this book is to acquaint management students with a Today’s marketplace is teeming with diversities. Customers differ in
managerial understanding and insight of our behaviour as consumers. their education, occupation, perceptions, attitudes, lifestyles,
Students, who aspire to become marketing managers, brand managers, preferences, expectations and opinions. And all of them do not want
sales managers, or want to take up a career in advertising etc., need to the marketer to “satisey” them. They demand that they must be
acquire the knowledge and skills which would be critically useful to “delighted”.
them in these careers. Customer’s expectations keep on changing significantly and
The text is comprehensive with relatively recent research inputs from unpredictably. But even today, many marketers concentrate on ‘selling-
scholars describing various behavioural concepts and theories that are the product focus’ instead of ‘delight-the customer focus’.
believed to be fundamentally useful for developing an understanding of 2008 / 128 Pages / PB / Rs. 150
ISBN: 978-81-7446-633-4 / 71/4x91/2
consumer behaviour. Wherever possible, to clarify the concepts, it has
been endeavoured to use Indian examples to make it more relevant to
Indian conditions and easier for students to understand.
In this new edition, all the topics have been revised, and some moderately
updated, with more recent or relevant material on the subject to make
the text richer and more useful. Overall, the book has been made more Services Marketing
comprehensive and relevant. This book would be quite useful and will the Indian perspective
meet the requirements of students pursuing management studies and Text & Readings
specialising in marketing.
RAVI SHANKER, Indian Institute of Foreign
Trade, New Delhi
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Part 1 / Consumer Behaviour and its Applications / Consumer
Research / Market Segmentation and Positioning Concepts / Part 2 /
Consumer Motivation / Consumer Personality / Consumer Perception
Services Marketing: Text & Readings is an anthology of original works of
/ Consumer Learning, Memory & Involvement / Consumer corporate leaders from the India Services Sector. In addition, a detailed
Attitudes / Attitude Change Strategies / Marketing Communications section deals with the conceptual issues of services marketing.
Process / Part 3 / Consumer and Cultural Influences / Social Class The organization of the book is as follows:
Influences and Consumer Behaviour / Group Influences and
Consumer Behaviour / Household Decision-making / SERVICES MARKETING: CONCEPTUAL ISSUES Understanding
Communications within Group and Opinion Leadership / Services Phenomenon, Role of Services in Economy, Services
Innovations and the Diffusion Process / Part 4 / Consumer Decision Characteristics and Marketing Implications, Marketing Mix in Services:
Models-(Nicosia, Howard-Sheth, and EKB) / Consumer Decision The Traditional 4Ps, Extended Marketing Mix for Services,
Process-Situational Influences / Consumer Decision Process-Problem Differentiation Strategies, Demand Management and Productivity,
Recognition / Consumer Decision Process – Information Search / Services Quality, Services Strategies
Consumer Decision Process – Evaluation of Alternatives and Selection
/ Consumer Decision Process – Outlet Selection and Purchase / SECTOR SPECIFIC MARKETING: CHALLENGES AND
Consumer Decision Process – Post-purchase Action / Part 5 / PRACTICES Tourism and Travel Services, Transportation and Logistics
Organisational Buyer Behaviour Services, Financial Services, Information Technology and
Communication Services, Media Services, Health Care Services,
Professional Services, Educational and Extension Services, Public
Instructor Manual Available Services
2008 / 544 Pages / PB / Rs. 295 Instructor Manual Available
ISBN: 978-81-7446-644-0 / 71/2x91/2 TEXTBOOK 2002 / 650 Pages / 71/2x91/2
HB / Rs. 650 / ISBN: 81-7446-270-8
TEXTBOOK
PB / Rs. 325 / ISBN: 81-7446-267-8
45
marketing

Sales Management Applied Marketing


R K SRIVASTAVA COMPILED BY
ERNEST CYRIL DE RUN GITHA S HEGGDE, PSGIM, Coimbatore
KIM SHYAN FAM

This book has been written keeping in mind the


requirements of the management students to realize
the importance of marketing of FMCG, Agricultural,
technological and pharmaceutical products and
understanding that there is a vast difference in marketing
The survival and success of many products and companies strategies that needs to be adopted in each of the category and the challenges faced
depend upon the marketing strategies adopted by them. In in each of these industries. The book also highlights the strength of the rural market
the rapidly changing scenario of markets, when even and its effect on organizations. These five areas are taken into consideration because
propaganda and advertisements are unable to do the magic, of the magnitude of business that they generate.
it is the dedicated marketing professionals who compel the CONTENTS INCLUDE:
customer to purchase their goods and services. In today’s Rural Marketing / Agricultural Marketing / FMCG Marketing / Pharmaceutical
business strategies, production of goods and services are Marketing / Marketing of Technological Products
not the end and means of everything. Neither financial or 2008 / 244 Pages / PB / Rs. 200
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-606-8 / 71/4x91/2
personnel management, nor inventory or time management
are important today. It is SALES MANAGEMENT which
has the last laugh over every other aspect of the business. Rural Marketing
Many a time it has been seen that a better quality product text and cases
or service has given place to an inferior quality product or U C MATHUR
service only due to superb marketing management.
This book is a path-breaking effort and opens up a new
dimension in the field of sales management, which is India is a country where majority of the population
suitable to the present day needs and requirements. It lives in villages. Appreciating the size and business
takes into consideration the different academic aspects of potential of the rural sector, major companies, including
Marketing and Sales Management for undergraduate and Hindustan Unilever and P&G have made special
postgraduate students. strategies for targeting rural markets. The thrust on rural markets is getting stronger
day by day and it needs complete knowledge base of rural marketing. The book is
This book would be of great help to managerial practitioners meant to create interest in business management students to get into the rural
at any organisational level who are responsible for a marketing mindset for bringing the desired organisational focus on the subject.
function, department or a set of responsibilities.
Considering the importance of rural markets, most business schools have included
CONTENTS INCLUDE: Rural Marketing Management as a key knowledge area in their syllabus. The
Sales Planning / The Selling Process / Territory present book has endeavoured to cover the entire gamut of Rural Marketing with
Management / Sales Control / Sales Training / Role of inputs from discussions with rural marketing practitioners, besides valuable studies
an Area Sales Manager / How can First Line Sales conducted by the major companies and the author’s own experience in the area.
Managers be more effective? – A Research Finding
Report / How to Build Team Spirit and Get Best Sales There are few books on rural marketing which mostly deal with the subject as
Performance / Sales Incentives / What Motivates the extending the urban marketing process into the rural zones. The book contains a
Indian Managers? / Job Description and Analysis of number of live-wire national and international case studies, meant to enthuse the
Sales and Marketing Personnel / Recruiting and students in probing the business opportunities and threats in the rural markets. The
Selecting / Wave after Wave Working (WaW) – A method of handling the case studies is also provided for the convenience of students.
Strategy for Increasing Sales Productivity of Field The book is written in simple, easy to understand and lucid language.
Personnel in Today’s Competitive Environment /
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Consultative Selling: A Tool to Improve the Medical
Rural Marketing: An Introduction / Marketing Management: An Introduction
Representative’s Image and his Productivity /
/ Rural Marketing Management: Concepts and Systems / Rural Marketing:
Collectivism and Personal Selling in Small Businesses
Plans and Policies / Pricing Systems / Rural Customer Purchase Process /
–The Case of New / How UCP Pulls the Customers to
Advertising, Sales Promotion and PR in Rural India / Marketing Research /
Increase Sales – An Innovative Approach in
Rural Competitions / Rural Development Plans / Rural Sales Force Management
Communication – An in-depth Analysis / Impact of
/ Distribution of Goods / Rural Product Plans / Rural Marketing for the 21st
Positioning on Sales – Case Study of Newspapers /
Century / Indian Village Vignettes / Critical Marketing Strategies / Strategic
Emerging Role of Event Management in Pharma
Innovations in Marketing / Strategic Audit / Marketing of Agricultural Produce
Marketing / Are Standards of Medical Representatives
/ Rural Cottage Industry and Artisan Products / Case Studies / Index
Really Falling? / Negotiation — How it can be taught
effectively to Students Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 222 Pages / PB / Rs. 200 2008 / 496 Pages / PB / Rs. 275
TEXTBOOK TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-652-5 / 71/4x91/2 ISBN: 978-81-7446-640-2 / 71/4x91/2
46
marketing

Fundamentals of Marketing A Text Book of


M S RAJU Virtual Marketing
J V PRABHAKARA RAO
SAMEER A KULKARNI

For the students as well as teachers of Marketing in the


Commerce stream or Management, here is a
comprehensive textbook following the syllabi of Indian
Universities with additions to make it contemporary in
the new millennium.
… most useful, takes into account the technological changes ..I strongly recommend this book to
This book has been written as a courseware for the MBA,
the present generation of marketing students…
MMM, MMS, and PGDM courses where ‘Virtual
Prof. Dr. Dominique Xardel, Assoc. Dean, ESSEC, France
Marketing’ is one of the subjects. The text of this book
…excellent text, simple writing style, backed by vast academic and field experience, the student consists 9 chapters, each aspect is discussed in the most
community is bound to be benefited from this book. lucid, concise and non-technical manner to help students
Prof. Dr. Sharad Sarin, Head, Marketing; XLRI, Jamshedpur to understand the subject at conceptual level and develop
.. fills the current vacuum for a ready teachable text for undergraduates, introduces the student their basic knowledge in Virtual Marketing.
to use of Information Technology in effective marketing. The book is eminently readable with
well-designed chapters and glossary.
It is aimed at university students pursuing PGDBA, MBA,
Prof. Dr. V Balamohan Das, Vice Chancellor, Acharya Nagarjuna University MMM, MMS or equivalent courses in marketing.
Students of different Indian universities and institutes
CONTENTS INCLUDE: will definitely find it suitable.
Understanding Markets, Marketing and Marketing Management / Marketing
Environment / Consumer Behaviour / Market Segmentation / Market Research The objective of this book is to assist the readers to
and MIS / Marketing Mix / Special Subjects and Modern Trends in Marketing / understand the theory and introduce them to the vast
Typical Advertisements scope of Modern Marketing discipline. The book begins
2008 / 174 Pages / PB / Rs. 160 with the development of the Internet to the latest
ISBN: 978-81-7446-623-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK emerging concept of interactive TV. Further, the book
takes a non-technical approach, thereby presenting the
Marketing Research essentials of some concepts in a more understandable
manner.
S L GUPTA, BITS, Noida
KEY FEATURES:
Comprehensive glossary / ‘Alt’ Codes / Supplemented
Marketing Research is designed to serve as a textbook on with figures, tables and Screenshots.
marketing research and design for people studying or
pursuing the discipline of management. The book contains CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Indian examples on Product Research, Consumer Role of the Internet / Internet Strategy / Intranet and
Research, Motivation Research, etc. It also includes more Extranet / Consumer Behaviour / Internet Market
than 50 cases which would enable the reader in Research / Internet Retailing / Internet Promotion and
Advertising / Website Designing / Modern
understanding even the most complex multivariate technique in a very simple manner.
Developments
The book contains 20 chapters with computer based approach, the SPSS/PCT 2008 / 218 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
system, the use of which has also been described in this book. ISBN: 978-81-7446-634-1/ 51/2x81/2 TEXTBOOK

The content of the book makes it equally useful for both basic and advance course
in Marketing Research. It is indispensable for students of MBA, M.Com, MBE,
BBA, BBS, BCA, PGDBM, MCA, M Tech and practising marketing managers. It is
Building Brands in the Indian
a valuable reference source for research agencies. Market
CONTENTS INCLUDE: TAPAN K PANDA, IIM, Indore
Marketing Research: An Introduction / Research Design / Value of Information in
Decision-making / Marketing Information System and Marketing Research / Attitude
Measurement and Scaling / Primary Methods of Data Collection / Samples and
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
SECTION A: Building Brand Strategies in the indian
Sampling Distribution / Testing of Hypothesis / Secondary Data / Processing of
market / SECTION B: Brand Extension Strategies in
Data and Tabulation / Univariate Data Analysis: Non-parametric Tests / Multivariate
the Indian Market / SECTION C: Role of customer
Analysis / Applications of Marketing Research / Product Research / Consumer
relationship management in Building Brands in the
Research / Distribution Research / Advertising Research / Motivation Research /
Indian Market / SECTION D: Role of
Research Report and Proposal Writing / Case Study Method in Marketing Research
Communication in Building Brands in the Indian
Instructor Manual Available Market
2003 / 600 Pages / 71/4x91/2
HB / Rs. 595 / ISBN: 81-7446-353-4 2004 / 482 Pages / PB / Rs. 395
PB / Rs. 295 /ISBN: 81-7446-345-3 TEXTBOOK ISBN: 81-7446-391-7 / 61/4x91/2
47
marketing

Marketing Management Retail Marketing


text and cases A SIVAKUMAR, TAPMI, Manipal
S H H KAZMI
This book focuses on the marketing
dimension of retailing. The Retail
marketing mix is addressed keeping
shopping and shopper behavior in mind.
This book can be used as a text for advanced
retail marketing classes in retail
management programs that would emphasize on marketing. Another
Marketing is a fascinating subject. It is of interest to everyone whether unique feature is the inclusion of the chapter on specialty retailing
they are students of marketing, or marketers of tangibles or non-tangibles. where category specific retailing has been discussed. An important
The subject coverage in this text is comprehensive, has depth and is aspect of the book is that concepts and practices in developed retail
relevant. Over the years, the environment in which businesses operate markets have been analyzed and their applications in the Indian context
has been changing and companies have changed or adjusted their illustrated. Practitioners in the retail sector would be greatly benefitted
marketing mantras. with this aspect of the book. An in-depth understanding of the various
This book is written keeping focus on the needs of Indian students. A facets of retail marketing is required in succeeding in the present
full chapter is devoted to Rural Marketing with some comprehensive competitive retail scenario. This book on retail marketing seeks to
cases. The text is simple and easy-to-read with many suitable examples. achieve this to benefit the students, teachers, managers, entrepreneurs
Most of the examples relate to Indian businesses. Many examples from and practitioners alike interested in the retail business.
other countries have also been included keeping in view the present CONTENTS INCLUDE:
context of open borders for companies. Retail Marketing – An Introduction / Shopper/Shopping Behaviour
/ Merchandise Management / Retail Pricing and Communication /
CONTENTS INCLUDE: Trading Area and Site Analysis / Store Atmospherics / Retail Strategy
PART I / Introduction to Marketing / Strategic Market Planning / and Challenges / Specialty Retailing / Selected References
Marketing Implementation & Control / Ethical and Social Issues in
Marketing / PART II / Marketing Environment Analysis / 2007 / 226 Pages / PB / Rs. 225
ISBN: 978-81-7446-575-7 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Information System & Marketing Research / Measuring Market
Demand / Consumer Behaviour - Personal and Organisational /
Market Segmentation, Targeting, & Positioning / PART III / Product Dictionary of Marketing
Concepts / New Product Development & Adoption Process /
Branding, Packaging & Labelling / PART IV / Marketing B NANDHAKUMAR
Communications / Advertising & Sales Promotion / Personal Selling
/ Public Relations and Publicity / Direct Marketing / PART V /
Marketing Channels and Physical Distribution / Wholesaling and
Retailing /
PART VI / Pricing Concepts, Strategies and Price Setting Approaches
/ PART VII / Product Life Cycle / Competition Analysis and Strategic
Options Across PLC Stages / PART VIII / Marketing of Services /
International Marketing / Rural Marketing / Internet and Marketing
/ Index As a comprehensive vocabulary of terms used in marketing, this book
covers different aspects of the subject such as market research, advertising,
Instructor Manual Available promotional aids, selling techniques, etc. It has been complied to meet
2007 / 694 Pages / PB / Rs. 350 the needs of the students of marketing at all levels. The terms and
ISBN: 81-7446-542-1 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
definitions have been frequently presented along with the functional
phrases, thus avoiding the more comprehensive type of treatment
Floriculture Marketing in appropriate to larger reference works. An attempt has also been made
to write the entries in a clear and lucid style to provide both
India straightforward definitions and invaluable background information.
DEBASHISH SENGUPTA The words and terms are explained in simple English and clear and easy
RAJ KAMAL illustrations have been included, where appropriate, to explain their
meaning and usage.
This dictionary will be of immense value to the students of management
and others studying or working in the related fields. Also, it will help
the students to locate, identify and expound day-to-day terminology in
its proper context.
2009 / 146 Pages / PB / Rs. 225
ISBN: 978-81-7446-789-8 / 71/4x91/2 2009 / 340 Pages / PB / Rs. 400
ISBN: 978-81-7446-742-3 / 51/2x81/2
48
marketing

Product Management and Industrial


New Product Development Marketing
DR R K SRIVASTAVA HORY SANKAR MUKERJEE

This book presents a broad perspective of the subject to


develop a correct perception about it, and is divided into
twenty seven chapters.
This is the first attempt by the author to bring out the essential facets of product
management. The book contains a mix of text as well as research based articles. The concept of Industrial Marketing has started gaining
This book covers the following topics: prominence in India since the last decade. This book
How to be an effective product manager? deals with this vast subject in a very lucid manner. The
Changing job function of product managers objective of this textbook is to develop an interest among
How to select the right product managers? the students for the subject. The book contains eighteen
How to improve the efficiency of resources? chapters that ideally cover a semester for an introductory
Effective marketing plan course in Industrial Marketing. The salient features of
New product development and selection procedure this book are:
Factors that can influence the success of a brand Mind power: These are articles, case studies and
Measuring brand equity and valuing brands write ups which have been taken from the leading
Brand architecture practitioners across the globe, and specialists of
Concept of UCP the particular areas. Each chapter of this book
New product introduction contains ‘mind power’ at the beginning and at the
The book conforms to the syllabi of most of the Indian Universities and would serve end.
as a useful text for students of MBA, BBM and other diploma courses in management
The chapters of this textbook are highly
as well as practicing managers.
comprehensive. The language has been kept as
2006 / 234 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
ISBN: 81-7446-478-6 / 61/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK simple as possible with the least use of technical
words or jargons.
Product and Brand Management There are case studies at the end of the book,
U C MATHUR covering the entire text, which can be used by the
teachers to help the students in putting the theory
to practice.
With an increase in the number of international players for CONTENTS INCLUDE:
almost all products, with better products, with several Introduction to Industrial Marketing / The
international brands in the market and with newer ways of Industrial Markets / Industrial Marketing
product placement and product communication, the Environment / Industrial Buying and Buying
corporate world has realised the urgency and importance Behaviour / Managing Customer Relationship /
of learning the newer ways of product sales. Competition has become intense and Strategic Planning Process / Industrial Marketing
chaotic with, on the one hand great international brands, on the other, locally assembled Research and Demand Forecasting / Segmenting,
products in the unorganised sector and opening of the vast international arena both for Targeting and Positioning / Industrial Products, New
imports and exports of products. Therefore, for the students of Marketing Management, Product Development and Services / Marketing
study of Product Management has become imperative. The book offers extensive and Channels / Marketing Logistics and Supply Chain
yet in-depth learning experience with interactive sessions, including Management Management / Industrial Salesforce: Developing and
Games and Case Studies that create a virtual world enabling the students imbibe the Managing them / Industrial Salesforce: Planning,
nuances of the subject with interest and comparative ease. Organizing and Controlling / E-commerce /
Industrial Marketing Communication: Advertising,
CONTENTS INCLUDE: Sales Promotion and Publicity / Industrial Pricing /
Part-I Product Marketing and Economy/Market Potential for Countries/Customer Industrial Marketing for Global Markets / Business
Purchase Process/Marketing Research/ Marketing Controls/Part-II Introducing New Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility
Products and Product Life Cycle/Product Plans/Brand Value/Brand Equity and
Brand Extensions/Part-III Organization Structure for Product Sales/Marketing Mix
Factors and Products/Products, Brands and Advertising/Brand Name Plans/Pricing
Instructor Manual Available
Systems/Product Distribution Systems/ Advertising and Sales Promotion/Product 2008 / 654 Pages / PB / Rs. 375
ISBN: 978-81-7446-700-3 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
Sales Management/Product and Public Relations/Part-IV Service Product Marketing/
Industrial Product Marketing/Product Exports and International Marketing/Case
Studies
2007 / 530 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
ISBN: 81-7446-549-9 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
49
marketing

Fundamentals of Marketing Customer Relationship


ATUL NAYAK Management
An Indian Perspective
MUKESH CHATURVEDI, Birla
This book, Fundamentals of Marketing, offers Institute of Management Technology,
much detailed coverage of marketing. This Greater Noida
book focuses on the key concepts and functions ABHINAV CHATURVEDI, Customer
that are common to most marketing situations. Care Associate & Department Manager,
It (the book) covers the entire gamut of this Shoppers' Stop Ltd., Ghaziabad.
core course ‘Fundamentals of Marketing’.
Instructor Manual Available
In the first section, we lay the groundwork for our study of the field of 2005 / 208 Pages / PB / Rs. 220
marketing with a close look at marketing key concepts and the important ISBN: 81-7446-456-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
tasks marketers perform. In the next part, we begin a multi part discussion
of research in marketing. This part also looks at the elements of good
research including factors that distinguish good research from poor.
Marketing
In another part, we take a close look at the key concepts all marketers
Management
should consider when faced with product decisions. In next part, we cover text & cases
the basics of distribution including defining what channels of distribution
S JAYACHANDRAN, IIT, Chennai
are and why these are important. Then we begin our discussion of the next
major area of the marketing mix-promotion. In next part, we begin a two-
part discussion of the fourth marketing mix variable-price.
In the final chapter, we take all that has been discussed to this point and
see how marketers use this information to manage business decisions.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
CONTENTS INCLUDE: UNIT I “Emerging Global Trends in Marketing”/A Review of
About Marketing / Marketing Research / Consumer Buying Behaviour Current Trends in Global Economic and Marketing Environment/
/ Business Buying Behaviour / Targeting Markets / Product Decisions MNCs and their Strategies/U NIT II Basics in Marketing
/ Managing Products / Distribution Decisions / Retailing / Wholesaling Management/From Barter to Complex Marketing-A Historical
/ Product Movement / Promotion Decisions / Advertising / Managing Perspective/Marketing–Core concepts, Scope and as a Discipline/
the Advertising Campaign / Sales Promotion / Public Relations / Personal Marketing–Functions, Tasks and Philosophies/UNIT III Basics
Selling / The Selling Process / Pricing Decisions / Setting Price / in Strategic Marketing/The Company's Marketing Environment/
Managing External Forces / Marketing Planning and Strategy / Index Corporate Strategic Planning and Marketing/Research For
2008 / 258 Pages / PB / Rs. 195 Marketing Information/Forecasting Market Demand/Market
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-631-0 / 71/4x91/2
Segmentation, Target Market Selection and Market Positioning/
UNIT IV Assembling of Marketing Strategic Variables/Product
Marketing of Healthcare Decisions/Pricing Decisions/Marketing Communication-
Services Advertising, Sales Promotion and Publicity/Personal Selling, Sales
Force Management and Direct Marketing/Marketing Channels
P G RAMANUJAM and Physical Distribution/Relationship Marketing/UNIT V
Markets and their Behaviour/Consumer Market and Buying
Behaviour/Industrial Marketing/Services Marketing/Global
In recent years, the healthcare sector has Marketing/UNIT VI Marketing Cases
become very competitive and is changing 2004 / 522 Pages / PB / Rs. 275
rapidly. The rise of the patient as a consumer, ISBN: 81-7446-362-3 / 71/2x91/2 TEXTBOOK
the introduction of innovative technologies and
a new breed of entrepreneurial managers are the main factors behind this
industrial metamorphosis. Today’s healthcare market has become consumer- Real Estate Market
driven. Patients are better informed and they know more about health and New Economy New Business
medical services. It is against this background that this book has been BISWAJIT DAS, IBAT, Bhubaneswar
developed as the marketing of hospital services assumes significance in the
ASHIS KUMAR PANI, XLRI, Jamshedpur
field of hospital management.
The findings and suggestions of the study will be useful not only to the
academicians, teachers, students, hospital management and its personnel,
but also to the government and health policymakers in formulating the
future policies and strategies of the healthcare sector.
2009 / 308 Pages / PB / Rs. 450 2005 / 394 Pages / PB / Rs. 395
ISBN: 978-81-7446-728-7 / 71/2x91/2 ISBN: 81-7446-444-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

50
marketing personality
development
second edition Recipient of ISTD Book Award- 2009
Brand Management Heart Skills
text and cases
HARSH V VERMA, FMS, Delhi University, Delhi
Emotional Intelligence for
work and life
MALA KAPADIA

The twentieth century witnessed dramatic changes in the concept and process
of value and value creation, though market forces debilitated the products and An excellent and informative book combining yoga, ayurveda and new
assets that firms once banked upon to create wealth. As the product transcends age teachings for body and mind in a unique and insightful manner. Dr.
its traditional role of satisficer, brands and branding acquire a dominant role in Mala Kapadia has made an important contribution to the study of
re-defining marketplace performance. Product superiority is no longer the sole emotional intelligence and its connection to our inner being. Her book
driver of business performance since high quality products are all-pervasive, helps heal the heart.
generic entities and a powerful brand can transform products into value Dr. David Frawley
powerhouses that command customer preference, loyalty and commitment. CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Effective branding gives a firm immunity from the parity spiral that can suck Expanding Horizons of Intelligence / Feng Shui for
companies into ruinous pricing wars. Brand Management has been written Emotional Intelligence / Understanding Process of Emotions-
against this backdrop of redefinition of value and value creation processes. East and West / Rainbow of Emotions / e-Dramas and
Alchemy of Strokes / Breathing as Trasformational Tool /
CONTENTS INCLUDE: Normal to Natural Intelligence
Competition and Brand / Concept of a Brand / Brand Evolution / Brand
2009 / 230 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
Positioning / Brands and Consumers / Brand Equity / Brand Inside and ISBN: 978-81-7446-723-2 / 61/4x91/2
Outside / The Extensions / Brand Over Time / Brand and Firm / Cases /
Index fourth edition

Instructor Manual Available Foundation of Success


SUBHASH JAGOTA, CEO, Global
2006 / 476 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
ISBN: 81-7446-480-8 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK Business Solutions

Marketing Research
DR. P NARAYANA REDDY, Professor and Head,
School of Management Studies, CBIT, Hyderabad 2009 / 78 Pages / PB / Rs. 125
ISBN: 978-81-7446-721-8 / 61/4x91/2
DR. G V R K ACHARYULU, Faculty member, School of
Management Studies, University of Hyderabad
The Art of Effective Communication
CHARLES J MARGERISON

This is the manager’s handbook of how to become more effective


This textbook on Marketing Research presents extensive coverage of the syllabus in your dealings with people. It enables you to get your message
of many Universities in the country and more specifically Osmania University. across and understand others more quickly. You will be able as
a result to get more done in less time—and what you do will be
accepted and more effectively implemented than before.
SPECIAL FEATURES
Covers all the relevant topics of the Marketing Research / Written in simple, 1998 / 206 Pages / PB / Rs. 125
lucid style, focused on conceptual clarity / Topics are logically sequenced in ISBN: 81-7446-034-9 / 51/2x81/2
accordance with the syllabus of Osmania University / Multiple choice questions
and fill in the blanks are given at the end of each chapter / Previous question
papers are presented for students’ reference / Model questions and some
questionnaires are also provided to benefit the students for their projects / To
facilitate the students to analyse the data with the help of statistical tools

2008 / 404 Pages / PB / Rs. 295


ISBN: 978-81-7446-616-7 / 71/4x91/2
TEXTBOOK
51
personality
development
Recipient of ISTD Book Award- 2008 Happiness is a Choice
Emotional Intelligence Choose to be happy
myth or reality J S MISHRA, CEO,
DR. MOUSUMI S BHATTACHARYA, Professor, Khadi Gram Udyog
IFIM, Bangalore
DR. NILANJAN SENGUPTA, Professor, Alliance
Business Academy, Bangalore

This book delves deep into the nature of happiness and analyses its
constituents. The book is like a mirror reflecting the secret knowledge,
which lies within us. It is a book, which educates and enables each
CONTENTS INCLUDE: individual to decide which path to happiness he should follow. It provides
Section-I: Emotional Intelligence -Myth or Reality/Emotional Intelligence: a fascinating reading, as each of us will be able to relate to some of the
The Genesis/Emotional Intelligence – Theory and Research Work/Section-II: thoughts and concepts expressed here and yet find something new, yet to
Dimensions of Emotional Intelligence/‘Self’ and Emotional Intelligence/Social be discovered.
Dimensions and Emotional Intelligence/Section-III: Applications of Emotional Dr. Yogendra Narayan
Intelligence/Emotional Intelligence in Classroom/Emotional Intelligence at Secretary General, Rajya Sabha
Workplace – Leadership Dimensions/Emotional Intelligence – Group and
Mr. Mishra's book brings a unique and refreshingly holistic view where
Organizational Effectiveness/Bhattacharya Instrument on Emotional Intelligence
both philosophy and techniques are judiciously combined. The book is
(BEIS-In)/Guidelines to Improve Emotional Intelligence very well written and has a rhythmic river-like flow. Once you get
caught in the book, it's difficult to put it down -such is its captivating
2007 / 234 Pages / PB / Rs. 295 power.
ISBN: 81-7446-543-X / 61/4x91/2 Padmashri Dr. Pritam Singh
MDI, Gurgaon
2007 / 150 Pages / PB / Rs. 195
second edition ISBN: 81-7446-530-8 / 61/4x91/2

Leadership’s Winning Power of One


Software ABHISHEK MISHRA, IIM,
Banking on Motivation and Morale Ahmedabad

M C JACOB, GM, State Bank of Indore

‘Most of the concepts chiseled with paramount perfection by Mr. Jacob are ground breaking
and original as they emerge from his substantial experience in serving the internal and
external customers of mainstream banking’. A masterpiece, a gem, a rare find.
Prof. Biswajeet Pattanayak, Ph.D., D. Sc., D.Litt., Fellow (AIMA) Tchefor J., Researcher Particle Physics and Mechanics,
Former Professor IIM, Lucknow & Indore, Cameroon
Former Director IIBM, Guwahati, Founder Director ASBM, Bhubaneshwar A brilliant book which will change your life.
‘Much of what is stated would be known to many people in the banking system when they Alexander Blandl, Mckinsey Consultants, Germany
are junior officers...... but when they become leaders(bosses), they tend to forget the wisdom’.
An Excellent book. Very Impressive indeed.
Shri R. Viswanathan, Ex. Dy. Managing Director, State Bank of India
Dr. C.W.R.D. Moseley, Senior Tutor,University of Cambridge
2008 / 140 Pages / PB / Rs. 200
ISBN: 978-81-7446-694-5 / 61/4x91/2 Congratulations! Good Work! Very impressive. Its like a thread that
chains all the everyday shining ideas together. Resonance sparkled by
third edition the book is enormously helpful when you are bewildered by the difficulties
Succeeding through Communication and need these ideas to carry on treading your journey. Should be one
of the books within easy reach.
SUBHASH JAGOTA, CEO, Global Business Solutions Ying Zhang, Film Critics, L.A. Californria, USA
2009 / 102 Pages / PB / Rs. 150
ISBN: 978-81-7446-722-5 / 61/4x91/2 A most encouraging book to be kept close at all times.
The Right Worshipful, Phillipa Slatter, Mayor City of
Succeeding in Interviews Cambridge, UK

SUBHASH JAGOTA, CEO, Global Business Solutions I have read the book with great intrest and found it very useful.
Prof. Peter Richards, The President, Hughes Hall, University of
2001 / 168 Pages / PB / Rs. 150
Cambridge
ISBN: 81-7446-254-6 / 51/2x81/2 2007 / 250 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-571-9 / 61/4x91/2
52
personality
development
Competency based Business Communication and
Interviewing Skills Personality Development
S PRABAKAR KAMATH Lessons for Paradigm Change in
Personality
BISWAJIT DAS, IPSEETA SATPATHY

2008 /122 Pages / PB / Rs. 150


ISBN: 978-81-7446-590-0 / 61/4x91/2 This book highlights the need, importance and essence of business
communication and personality development in the domain of business
under the turbulent times. The language provided in the book is concise,
Personality lucid and forceful. It comprehends a vast array of subjects applicable to
Development humanity. The book emphasizes on the topics which are utterly relevant for
students, budding managers, managers and professionals from all walks of
Planning your Success in Campus life in the new economy. The topics that are befitting to hyper-competitive
Interviews and Job Fairs environment where 'change' is the only thing that is 'constant'. It is essential,
G SUBRAHMANYAM ultimate and must for everybody globally; for their business development
V KRISHNA MOHAN strategies. The book believes that the power of communication through
V V VARA PRASAD proper pedagogy can create a magic in the business and society. Thoughts,
text and cases scientifically conceived in the book motivate the readers to
make their learning experience interesting, influencing and touchy.
2008 / 92 Pages / PB / Rs. 125
ISBN: 978-81-7446-686-0 / 61/4x91/2 This book speaks on the traditional knowledge of communication and
business communication, and has radical chapters on neuro-linguistic, neuro-
You can Beat your marketing, TQM, decision making, motivation, etiquette, good health,
food culture, holiday retreat, spiritual journey apart from interpretations
Stress on Stephen Covey, Shiv Khera, Muriel James, Dale Carnegie. The book is
DEBASHISH SENGUPTA, Assistant primarily meant for core and elective subjects in the syllabus of MBA,
Professor, Lal Bahadur Shastri Institute of PGDM, B.E., B.Tech, MBBS, Tourism Management, Hospital Management
Management & Technology and all kind of personality development programs designed for campus
interviews and personal interviews.
2006 / 330 Pages / PB / Rs. 275 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-504-9 / 71/4x91/2

2007 / 64 Pages / PB / Rs. 95 Recipient of DMA-NTPC Book Award-2004


ISBN: 81-7446-544-8 / 61/4x91/2
Passion to Win
ABAD AHMAD, Former Dean, Faculty of Management Studies and Former
Pro-Vice-Chancellor, Delhi University
Creativity for Managers O P CHOPRA, Professor, Faculty of Management Studies (FMS), Delhi
ALAN BARKER
2004 / 322 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
ISBN: 81-7446-389-5 / 61/4x91/2

Recipient of ISTD Book Award- 2005-2006

Stress Management through Ancient Wisdom


“Offers a pragmatic and persuasive framework for fostering innovation and
and Modern Science
improvement, the twin elements of creativity.” DR UMESH SHARMA
-National Herald

2005 / 390 Pages / PB / Rs. 275


1998 / 128 Pages / PB / Rs. 145 ISBN: 81-7446-451-4 / 61/4x91/2
ISBN: 81-7446-078-0 / 61/4x91/2

53
economics

Micro Clusters
Dictionary of Feel Global, Be Local
Economics V S SOMANATH
SOMANATH

B NANDHAKUMAR
This book is a successful attempt to analyse and
Economics is the basis of our daily explain the various aspects of clusters with
lives, even if we do not always realize particular reference to the micro and the small
it. Whether it is an explanation of enterprises in the country. It reiterates that the
how firms work, or people vote, or cluster development approach undeniably enables
customers buy, or government subsidises, economists have the micro and the small enterprises to withstand the challenges thrown by
examined evidence and produced theories which can be checked the global competition. It presents a global view of Micro Clusters as a
against practice. valuable option in strategic economic planning and development of the society.
The book will be useful to the community of teachers in finance and
This dictionary aims to cover the main aspects of the study of economics and also for the policy-makers in the fiscal and monetary field.
economics, which students will need to learn when studying for
examinations at various levels. It would prove to be useful for the CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction / Migration of Micro and Small Enterprises to Micro Clusters
general reader who comes across these terms in the financial
/ Do Micro Clusters Benefit Communities? / Micro Clusters & Economic
pages of newspapers as well as in specialist magazines.
Performance / Overview of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (MSME)
Every effort has been made to write the entries in a clear and Cluster in Indian Context / Why Does Cluster Analysis Matter? / Prospects
lucid style to provide both straightforward definitions and and Challenges of Micro Clusters
2009 / 174 Pages / PB / Rs. 300
invaluable background information. At some appropriate places,
ISBN: 978-81-7446-801-7 / 51/2x81/2
line drawings have been incorporated to supplement the meaning
of a word explained by means of a diagram. Microeconomic
This dictionary includes some selected terms concerning to the Theory and Applications
topics on International Trade, Industry, Finance, Banking,
Taxation, Demand and Supply theories of the firm, and Public (Part I)
and Private Companies. The purpose of this Dictionary is to S K AGARWALA
enable the reader, who is not equipped much with the knowledge
of economics, to face economic affairs in his day-to-day life.
2010 / 248 Pages / PB / Rs. 200
ISBN: 978-81-7446-857-4 / 51/2x81/2

CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction / Concepts of Demand and Supply / Elasticity of Demand
Transforming Present and Supply / Revenue / Indifference Curve Analysis / Income–consumption
and Price–consumption Curves / Income and Substitution Effects /
Economic Challenges Applications of Indifference Curves / Revealed Preference / Short-run
Production Function / Long-run Production Function / Cost of Production
into Global Prosperity / Perfect Competition
2008 / 238 Pages / PB / Rs. 175
EDITED BY ISBN: 978-81-7446-665-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
NISHITH DUBEY
IRA BAPNA Microeconomic
2010 / 400 Pages / PB / Rs. 550
Theory and Applications
ISBN: 978-81-7446-824-6 / 71/4x91/2
(Part II)
Real Estate Market S K AGARWALA

New Economy New Business


BISWAJIT DAS, IBAT, Bhubaneswar
ASHIS KUMAR PANI, XLRI,
Jamshedpur CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Monopoly / Price Discrimination / Monopolistic Competition / Oligopoly
/ Factor Pricing / Some Aspects of Factor Pricing: Monopsony and Economic
Rent / Intertemporal Choice / Choice Under Uncertainty / General
Equilibrium / Market Failure / Asymmetric Information / Public Goods
2005 / 394 Pages / PB / Rs. 395 and Externalities
ISBN: 81-7446-444-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK 2008 / 162 Pages / PB / Rs. 145
ISBN: 978-81-7446-666-2 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
54
economics

Business Globalization and


Environment Sectoral Development
SURESH BEDI, EDITED BY
MDU, Rohtak RAJ AGRAWAL
RASHMI BANGA
A N BHATTACHARYA

CONTENTS INCLUDE: 2009 / 360 Pages / PB / Rs. 495


The Nature and Dynamics of Business Environment/ ISBN: 978-81-7446-669-3 / 61/4x91/2
Key Indicators of Macro-Environment/The Dynamics
of Business Environment And Corporate Adjustment/
Risks in Business Environment/Business Ethics and
Strategies of Developing Countries
Corporate Social Responsibility/The Structure and Opportunities & Challenges
Working of An Economy/Determination of National EDITORS
Income/The Process of Economic Growth/Business
SANJAY DUBEY
Cycles/The Dynamics of Inflation/How Monetary Policy
Works/The Operation of Fiscal Policy/Nature And RAJENDRA JAIN
Resources of Indian Economy/Current State of Growth
Environment/The Process of Economic Reforms/
Current Fiscal Environment/Monetary and Credit Policy
Environment/Current Inflationary Scenario/The MRTP
Act and the Competition Law/Technological In different parts of the world, the developing economies and communities are
Environment/Corporate Governance/Consumer facing increasing economic, social and cultural hardships. Stringent environmental,
Protection/Competitive Environment/Indian Money health and safety standards for everything from electronics to food are making it
Market/Indian Capital Market/Pattern of India’s difficult for the world’s poorer nations to export their products to developed
Industrialisation/Present Industrial Policy countries—but the right approach could turn these barriers into newer
Environment/Public Enterprise Reforms and The opportunities. The developing countries must adopt an integrated approach to
Disinvestments Programme/The Small Scale Industry: deal with current economic breakdown and varying circumstances of all the aspects
Current Status, Challenges And Prospects/The Services of political and cultural environment. Developing and developed countries,
Sector in India/Infrastructure Development and Policy/ businesses and organizations, therefore, have a shared responsibility to ensure that
Present Labour Environment/Globalisation of The
new requirements promote environmental protection.
Economy: Trends and Issues/Foreign Trade
Environment/Foreign Direct Investment The present book deals with some of these issues broadly classified into four parts.
Instructor Manual Available The first part covers the study of behavior of investors in insurance sector, impact
of FIIs on the movement of Indian stock market during US economic crisis,
2004 / 650 Pages / 71/4x91/2
HB / ISBN: 81-7446-376-3 / Rs. 750 impact of foreign direct investment on export and imports, competence of the
PB / ISBN: 81-7446-375-5 / Rs. 325 TEXTBOOK economy to face US meltdown, changing global scenario of mergers and acquisitions
Microeconomics in service sector, and so on. The second part mainly deals with corporate
entrepreneurship and the pursuit for competitive advantage, study of effectiveness
S K AGARWALA, of banner advertisements among young executives, corporate governance at
Delhi University crossroads, etc.
Rural marketing, a study on the need of internet security for consumers at various
levels, a key to assorted data problems, data warehousing, demand forecasting in
supply chain management using neural network, fingerprint authentication using
supervised neural network, intensity of e-banking products and services usages in
public and private sector banks, opportunities and challenges of IP telephony,
problem of effort estimation, open ID based system architecture for social network
CONTENTS INCLUDE: interoperability, the impact of IT & media on the capital market and equity
Preferences/Utility/Budget Constraint/Choice/Demand/ research, and other such issues are covered in the third and fourth part of the book.
Revealed Preference/Slutsky Equation/Buying, Selling This book, therefore, makes an attempt to focus on a wide range of subjects and
and Intertemporal Choice/Choice Under Uncertainty/ issues that exist in today’s vibrant and competitive environment.
Production Function/Cost/Perfect Competition/ 2009 / 314 Pages / PB / Rs. 495
Monopoly and Monopolistic Competition/Price ISBN: 978-81-7446-749-2 / 71/4x91/2

Economic Freedom for States of India 2007


Discrimination and the Two-Part Tariff/Oligopoly/Game
Theory/General Equilibrium with Pure Exchange/
Production and General Equilibrium/Welfare/ BIBEK DEBROY, Professor, International Management Institute (IMI), Delhi.
Externalities/Public Goods/Asymmetric Information LAVEESH BHANDARI, Director, Indicus Analytics
2007 / 392 Pages / PB / Rs. 195 2008 / 50 Pages / PB / Rs. 100
ISBN: 81-7446-554-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK ISBN: 978-81-7446-597-9 / 61/4x91/2
55
economics

Towards International Economics


Powering India RAJ KUMAR

Policy Initiatives and


Implementation International Economics is one of the most important and
Strategy dynamic disciplines of economics. The subject has become all
R V SHAHI the more complex and interesting because of the intricacies
involved in economic factors, international relations, and the
socio-economic environment.
This book captures all the recent developments in the international economics and
Shri R.V. Shahi has been deeply involved in policy-making business scenario. The contents of the book are divided into four parts. The book has a
and implementing some of the most important reforms in special section on Case Studies which contains cases pertaining to International Economics
the power sector. This book describes the changes that occurred and International Business.
over the Tenth Five Year Plan period in the sector. Shri
Shahi provides an insider's view on the important measures
The book has been written in a clear, crisp and lucid style. Authentic (up-to-date) data
and initiatives taken during this period. The Electricity Act and proper illustrations have been provided to facilitate proper understanding of the
2003, Electricity Policy and Tariff and other Policies required subject. This book has been designed keeping in view the standard requirements of the
to operationalize the Act, the Accelerated Power Development undergraduate and postgraduate students of various areas of Economics, International
Reforms Programme (APDRP), and the initiation of Rajiv Business and Management.
Gandhi Grameen Vidhyutikaran Yojana (RGGVY) were CONTENTS INCLUDE:
some of the initiatives that Shri Shahi was involved in. The International Economics and Trade / Analytical Tools of International Economics /
competitive tariff-based bidding for ultra-mega power projects Theory of Comparative Costs / Modern Theory of International Trade or Heck Scher-
which led to unprecedented low electricity tariff is one of his ohlin Theory / Gains from International Trade / International Trade: An Engine or an
major contributions. This book deals with these and almost Obstacle to Economic Development / Terms of Trade / Tariffs and International Trade
all issues connected with the power sector, its development, / Contribution of Economic Growth to International Trade – An Analysis of Growth
its management and its efficiency, by a man who has seen it Parameters / Free Trade vs Protection / Non-Tariff Trade Barriers – Quota System /
all. No one interested in this sector can afford to miss this Dumping and State Trading / Balance of Payments / Foreign Trade Multiplier /
book. Monetary Policy – Fiscal Policy Mix: Internal and External Balance / Foreign Exchange
Dr. Kirit S. Parikh, Member, Planning Commission, Management / International Business Environment - An Overview / Strategy towards
Yojana Bhavan Globalisation / Theory of Economic Integration: Customs Union / Theory of Economic
It is indeed very heartening to see Mr. R.V. Shahi providing Integration: Regional Blocs and Groupings / WTO Framework: An Analysis and
his deep understanding of the power sector and the insights Future Policy Options / International Financial Institutions – IMF and World Bank
that he has gained in yet another book that comes at a Instructor Manual Available
critical juncture of the country's development. Mr. Shahi 2008 / 552 Pages / PB / Rs. 345 TEXTBOOK
brings with him a wealth of practical experience in ISBN: 978-81-7446-648-8 / 71/4x91/2
Second Edition
implementing power projects and managing operations
within the power sector, which has been enriched by his Business Economics
experience as Secretary in the Ministry of Power. In that
position, he not only initiated several new measures and set M ADHIKARY
new directions, but also gave shape to a vision of what the
country needs in the future. All of this is put forward with
rigour and analysis in his new book. India's growth and
economic progress depends critically on the growth of the
power sector, and this book would be a valuable basis for
formulation of future strategy at the national level and in
the states of India.
R.K. Pachauri CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Director General, The Energy and Resources Institute Part 1 Concepts And Techniques Business and Economics / Forms and Facets of
(TERI) & Chairman, Intergovernmental Panel on Business Organisation / Forms and Fallacies of Economic Analysis / Basic Concepts
Climate Change (IPCC) and Precepts / Basic Tools and Techniques of Economic Analysis / Part 2 Microeconomic
2007 / 496 Pages / HB / Rs. 595 Analysis Of Business Units Market Analysis / Consumption and Demand Analysis /
ISBN: 81-7446-559-6 / 61/4x91/2 Production and Supply Analysis / Cost Analysis / Industry and Market Structure
Analysis / Theory and Models of Firm and Industry / Business Risks and Uncertainty
second edition Analysis / Part 3 Macroeconomic Analysis Of Business Environment Macroeconomic
Business Environment Environment of Business / Macroeconomic Concepts of Stocks and Flows /
Macroeconomic Analysis / Macroeconomic Problems of Fluctuations and Growth /
RAJ AGRAWAL, IILM, Delhi Government and Business: Macroeconomic Policy Matters / Part 4 Overview And
Integration Foundations of Economic Analysis / Business Ethics and Economic Offences
Instructor Manual Available / Business Cases
2000 / 818 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 81-7446-216-3 / 71/4x91/2
Instructor Manual Available
TEXTBOOK 2000 / 622 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-215-5 / 71/4x91/2
56
economics

second edition Indian Power Sector


Managerial Challenge and Response
Economics R V SHAHI
ATMANAND, MDI, Gurgaon
Electricity is a concurrent subject. And as all of us
This book is an attempt to assist know, up to 1975, generation, distribution and
transmission, all were handled practically only by the
students who have little or no
State Electricity Boards. The Central Government has
prior knowledge of the subject.
entered this sector only after 1975, and has played an
The book presents the text
explaining the principles of managerial economics in a candid important role by contributing about 32% of the total generation capacity of the
manner. The emphasis of the book is on relating principles of country, Out of 1,00,000 ckm of high voltage transmission lines, about 50,000
microeconomics at the firm level and discusses basic ckm is contributed by Central Government. It will continue to play an important
techniques in managerial economics, demand and supply, role in future too.
elasticity of demand and supply, demand forecasting, The power sector requires an investment of more than Rs. 8 lakh crore so as to
production analysis, cost analysis, profit analysis, input-output have one of the best and contemporary power infrastructures in the world.
analysis, investment decisions, market analysis and price Private participation is encouraged.
determination under different market structures, pricing
The power sector at present suffers from shortages, high level of Aggregate
methods and approaches, theories of firm, business decision
Technical and Commercial Losses, fuel shortages, low Plant Load Factor in some
under risk and uncertainty, advertising, effects of taxation,
plants, inadequate rural electrification, as also its slow pace, inefficient use of
location decision, etc., at length.
energy, etc. Union Government and States are seized of these problems.
The book has been written in a simple and reader friendly This book “Indian Power Sector – Challenge and Response” highlights these
style. The students as well as the working managers will find problems and also gives some suggestions to combat these troubles. This book
it an effective tool for making decisions on microeconomic will be of immeasurable use to all the technocrats, professionals and investors in
problems. power sector.
CONTENTS INCLUDE: 2005 / 710 Pages / HB / Rs. 450
Introduction / Basic Techniques in Managerial Economics ISBN: 81-7446-369-0 / 61/4x91/2
/ Demand and Supply / Elasticity of Demand and Supply
/ Demand Forecasting / Cost Analysis / Production
Privatization
Analysis / Profit Analysis / Input-Output Analysis / models and experiences
Investment Decisions / Market Structure and Price R K MISHRA
Determination / Perfect Competition / Monopoly /
D GEETA RANI
Imperfect Competition / Pricing Methods and Approaches
/ Theories of the Firm / Business Decision Making Under Privatization has been the most widely used and
Risk and Uncertainty / Advertising / Location Decision of extensively debated topic in the world for the last quarter
a Firm / Effects of Taxation / Welfare Economics /
century. The book considers various policy issues of the
Introducing Macroeconomics / National Income: Concepts
governments in relevance to the privatization. It also
and Measurement / Consumption, Savings and Investment
examines the effects of privatization from various angles like, employment,
/ Money, Interest and Expectations / Investments, Interest
distribution effects and so on.
and Income: IS - LM Model / Theories of Inflation /
Balance of Payments and the Foreign Sector / Globalisation The book is organized into seven chapters. The first chapter introduces the
of Indian Business / Economic Environment of reader to the theory of privatization. The second chapter presents a detailed
International Trade / Glossary / Index account of privatization models and their relevance to policy formulation. The
Instructor Manual Available third chapter deals with the key perspectives of privatization. The modalities of
the privatization, presented in the fourth chapter, sensitize the readers about
2008 / 768 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
ISBN: 978-81-7446-691-4 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK exploring the various possibilities open for the transfer of control and ownership
from the State Owned Enterprises (SOEs) to the private sector. The fifth chapter
Where is Oil in summarizes the international experiences with privatization. The sixth chapter
incorporates the case studies on privatization. Brief annotations of path-breaking
National Reforms works on privatization have been included in the seventh chapter.
FOREWORD BY This book will help the researchers to overcome the methodological problems by
KIRIT PARIKH making available at their dispense the various theories and models, linked to the
PARAG DIWAN privatization studies.
DEBESH C PATRA CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction / Privatization: Theories and Models / Privatization: Key
Perspective / Modalities of Privatization / International Experiences / Case
Studies / Annotated Bibliography
2008 / 304 Pages / PB / Rs. 595 2008 / 174 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-656-3 / 61/4x91/2 ISBN: 978-81-7446-674-7 / 71/4x91/2
57
economics

Managerial Economics Business Environment


KARAM PAL VIVEK MITTAL, CEO and Dean, Narayan
SURENDER KUMAR College of Management, Bareilly

The present book on Managerial This book is an effort to make the students of
Economics is an attempt to come up management and commerce understand about
to the expectations of those readers, the environment about which they have to take
particularly students at graduation and decisions in future. Extensive effort has been
postgraduation levels, who are made to cover all the aspects of external
wandering for an ingenious and evocative solo textbook on the environment that is Political, Technological, Global and Socio - Culture,
subject. For the last more than a decade or so, Managerial which influences business decisions.
Economics is being taught as a compulsory course in all the
Effort have been made to include the current topics like WTO, Regional
management programmes where the students wish to have a
Groupings, VAT, Corporate Governance, Competition Law, FEMA etc.
textbook in self-instructional format for their quick learning of
the fundamentals. CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Part 1 Environment of Business / Business Environment / Economic
The basic concepts of the subject have been elucidated in these Environment / Technological Environment / Political and Government
wide-ranging chapters with suitable examples. All the chapters Environment / Constitutional Environment / Part 2 Economic Policies /
have been designed in a lucid manner and the details provided in Inflation / Fiscal Policy / Foreign Trade Policy / Economic Reforms /
this text are in self-instructional manner. It is expected that the Industrial Policy / Monetary Policy / Public Sector / Privatisation /
readers would find this book quite valuable and receptive. Development Planning / Small Scale Industries / Industrial Sickness in
CONTENTS INCLUDE: India and its Exit Policy / Part 3 Legal Environment / Company Law /
Introduction to Managerial Economics / Managerial Economics Industries (Development and Regulation) Act, 1951 / MRTP Act / The
vis-à-vis Economic Analysis: An Overview / Objectives of the Competition Bill, 2001 / Foreign Exchange Management Act / Consumer
Business Firm / Fundamental Concepts of Economics / Law of Protection / Intellectual Property Rights / Value Added Tax / Part 4 Socio-
Demand / Elasticity of Demand / Demand Forecasting / culture Environment / Ethics / Social Responsibility of a Business / Corporate
Consumer Behaviour: Cardinal Analysis / Consumer Governance / Socio-cultural Environment / Indian Rural Market / Part 5
Behaviour: Ordinal Analysis / Production Function / Financial Environment / Indian Financial System /Development Banking
Economies of Scale / Cost Analysis / Price Determination: / Stock Exchange and SEBI / Commodity Exchange / Part 6 International
Perfect Competition and Monopoly / Price Determination: Environment / Globalisation / World Trade Organization & India / Regional
Monopolistic Competition and Oligopoly / Dumping and Groupings / The IMF / International Bank for Reconstruction and
Transfer Pricing / Business Cycles / Inflation and its Development (World Bank) / Multi National Corporations / FDI in India
Applications / National Income Analysis / Balance of Payments / The Environment
/ Monetary Policy / Fiscal Policy / Theory of Multiplier / Instructor Manual Available
Theory of Income, Output and Employment / Contemporary 2007 / 612 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
ISBN: 81-7446-557-X / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
Issues in Managerial Economics
2008 / 406 Pages / PB / Rs. 280
ISBN: 978-81-7446-677-8 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK Business Perspectives
S PRABAKARAN
second edition
Principles of Economics
S K AGARWALA, Delhi University

CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Nature and Scope of Business / Forms of Business Enterprise / Public
Sector Enterprises / Business as a System / Business and Environment
CONTENTS INCLUDE: Interface / Business Objectives / Business Ethics and Values / Corporate
Exploring the Subject Matter of Economics / Supply and Governance / National Income / Indian Agriculture / Related Issues /
Demand / Households / Perfect Market Structure / Imperfect Relationship among Government, Business and Industry / Industrial
Market Structure / Input Markets / Exploring International Policy / Privatisation / Problems and Prospects of Small Scale Industries
Economics / Introduction to Macroeconomics / Introduction / Industrial Growth of India / Industrial Sickness / Status of
to National Income Accounting / The Classical System: The Entrepreneurship in India / Social Responsibilities of Business /
Full Employment Model / The Keynesian Model / Money in Technology Environment / Monetary Policy / Fiscal Policy / Finances of
the Modern Economy / Inflation / Macroeconomics in an Union and States / Features of Global Business / Globalisation /
Open Economy / Solution to Numerical Questions / Index Infrastructure Development (Infrastructure Perspectives) / Multinational
2008 / 324 Pages / PB / Rs. 195 Corporations / International Business Risks
ISBN: 978-81-7446-692-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK 2008 / 210 Pages / PB / Rs. 175
ISBN: 978-81-7446-655-6 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
58
finance

The Impact of Foreign Direct Investment


on Indian Economy
EDITED BY
AROCKIA BASKARAN
J J SOUNDARARAJ

Contemporary Issues and Globalisation of economic activities has increased the importance of multinational enterprises
in the development process of a country. The inflow of Foreign Direct Investment (FDI)
Challenges in Banking and increased rapidly during the late 1980s and the 1990s in almost every region of the world
Financial Sector in India revitalizing a contentious debate about the costs and benefits of FDI inflows. The reforms
undertaken in India since 1991 have unleashed the potential growth of the economy and
EDITORS stimulated trade, outsourcing and the entry of multinational enterprises under the banner FDI.
U BHOJANNA
In recent years, India has become one of the attractive destinations for overseas investment as
S N MURTHY
adduced by FDI inflow figures of India which have reached a historic high in recent years and
This book is a compilation of the articles is ranked 3rd among the most attractive locations for foreign investments by UNCTAD. The
received on twelve major contemporary issues fact to be noted here is that a large amount of foreign direct investment has been chasing too
namely, Mergers and Acquisitions, HR Issues few sectors like Computer Software & Hardware, Financial Services and Automobiles.
in Banking, Microfinance, Risk Management,
E-Banking, Merchant Banking, Retail Banking, This book discuss the wonders and the blunders of foreign direct investments in the post
Customer Relationship Management in Liberalisation era in India. It also contains the contributions of foreign direct investment to
Banking, Globalisation issues in banking, India which require investments that will strengthen the infrastructure industries and services
Capital Market and Banking Sector, Role of that are so essential for sustainable growth and also for the social well-being of the poor and
Banks and Issues of Banking Sector, for the marginalised.
2010 / 334 Pages / PB / Rs. 595
National Conference on “Contemporary Issues ISBN: 978-81-7446-843-7 / 71/4x91/2
and Challenges in Banking and Financial Sector
in India” organized by RNS Institute of Macro Dynamics of Micro Finance
Technology, Bangalore. These topics are of great
interest to academicians, research scholars and EDITORS
industry professionals in the banking sector. DANIEL LAZAR
P NATARAJAN
Changes in economic scenario are responsible
for various banking reforms. The articles in this MALABIKA DEO
book highlight the opportunities and challenges Micro finance is one of the most efficient and effective tools to fight
faced by the banking and finance sector in the against poverty. It is flexible in nature and is acclaimed globally as a
country, the origin and growth of the sector tool for eradicating poverty and improving the socio-economic
over a period and the impact of advancement condition of the disadvantaged of the society. Micro finance
in technology on the sector. institutions have expanded the frontiers of institutional finance and have brought the poor,
especially poor women, into the formal financial system and enabled them to access credit and
The articles on Risk Management highlight the
fight poverty.
problems witnessed by the bank due to default
in payment and the dynamics of credit risk. This book contains 50 research papers contributed by scholars in the field of micro finance.
Talent is scarce, hence retaining the talent is These have been categorized into the following five theme parts:
another challenge in front of the banks. The Micro Finance in Priority Communities and Priority States, Innovation in Micro Finance,
articles on this topic deliberate upon several Micro Finance for Regional Development, Micro Finance and Poverty Eradication, and
HR issues such as identifying, hiring and Issues in Micro Finance.
knowledge updation of human resources
In order to have symmetric growth across the country through micro finance, policy orientation
through training to meet the challenges of the
is getting shifted to states and communities with high poverty and low micro finance
economy. The papers on the topic of CRM
concentration, and therefore, they are presented separately. Case studies on poverty eradication
make an attempt to unfold the customer
and regional developments with micro finance are presented in different parts. Present day
relationship management in banking and
mantra of effective and efficient delivery of credit through innovation and technology for the
financial sector and discuss how customer
masses is discussed under innovations for micro finance. Issues which are new and important for
centric organizations have won high net-worth
up scaling micro finance are also presented for the benefit of readers, researchers and practitioners.
customers.
This volume would be used as ready reference materials for further enhancement in various
2010 / 728 Pages / PB / Rs. 950 aspects for better micro finance and micro finance industry.
ISBN: 978-81-7446-848-2 / 71/4x91/2 2010 / 612 Pages / PB / Rs. 795
ISBN: 978-81-7446-807-9 / 71/4x91/2
59
finance

Dynamics of Financial
Markets and Institutions in
India
R M SRIVASTAVA
DIVYA NIGAM

The Kernel of the present work with its unique concoction of innovativeness, eloquence,
perspicaciousness and discernment is to capture the dynamically changing architecture,
Principles of Banking
policies, strategies and practices of Indian financial markets and institutions and convey Management
them to avid learners in a structured and stimulating manner.
NEELAM C. GULATI
The present work is gravid with the following immanent features:
This book is an attempt to provide a
The present work is an eclectic presentation of contemporary financial concepts,
comprehensive introduction to the theoretical and
skills, techniques pertaining to management of financial markets and institutions.
applied issues relating to the Indian banking
The work presents a unique mélange of a descriptive narration of the operations of the industry. It provides a detailed coverage of the
financial system with a sufficient amount of theory so that the learner understands the basics of banking, risks in banking and their
principles underlying therein. management, principles of banking, products, role
of technology in banking sector and history and
This work is consecrated to provide an analytical view of dynamics of various financial
future expectations of Indian banking sector. The
markets and institutions operating in Indian financial system in terms of evolving
text aims to familiarize students with the reasons
vision, business models, innovative instruments, new architectures and new financial
for banks’ existence, the different services they offer,
practices.
and the recent trends impacting the banking
The present work provides a balanced view of the various institutional participants business. The content of the book has been
and markets in the Indian financial system. supported with a good number of keywords and
The present work unwaveringly focuses on managerial aspects of the financial system annexures.
which would be of great value to the learners. This book has been written keeping in mind the
A glossary at the end of the book provides a terse view of key financial terms used in the interest of students pursuing specialisation in
text. banking both at graduate and postgraduate levels.
This book will be of immense benefit to the
As such, the work is expected to best suit the needs of practicing managers and learners students appearing for various diplomas in banking
pursuing management, commerce and other sectoral programmes. as well as banking industry professionals at large.
CONTENTS INCLUDE: A strong focus on contemporary central banking
Section I:Introduction / Economic Growth and Financial System / Types of Financial and bank regulation issues provides students with
Markets / Categories of Financial Institutions / Section II:Financial Markets in India / the most up-to-date information on banking
Money Market in India and Abroad / Dynamism of Indian Money Market / Capital practice.
Market in India and Abroad / Primary Market in India / Dynamics of New Issue Market
in India / Stock Market in India / Major Stock Exchanges in India—A Synoptic Profile / CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Government Securities Market in India / Corporate Debt Market in India / Derivative Introduction to Banking / Structure of Indian
Market in India / Foreign Exchange Market / Regulation of Securities Market in India / Banking System / The Reserve Bank of India /
Section III:Management of Commercial Banking Institutions / Reserve Bank of India— Banking Sector and Organisation of Banks /
Nucleus of Indian Banking System / Dynamic Profile of Indian Banking Industry / Electronic Banking / Bank Loans / Priority
Corporate Governance in Commercial Banks / Competitive Strategy to Meet Challenges of Sector Lending / Export Credit / Annual Report
Commercial Banks in India / Commercial Banking Restructuring / Management of and Balance Sheet of A Bank / Project and
Capital Funds in Commercial Banks / Relationship Banking / Dynamics of Bank Credit Working Capital Finance / Banking Legislation
Management in India / Financial Inclusion / Micro Finance in India / Risk Management / Banking Sector Reforms: NPAs and Capital
in Commercial Banks / Management of Non-Performing Assets in Commercial Banks / Adequacy in Indian Banks / Banking Products
Operational Efficiency of Commercial banks in India / Regulation and Supervision of / Development Banking / Bank Marketing
Commercial Banks in India / Section IV: Management of Development Financial
2010 / 404 Pages / PB / Rs. 295 TEXTBOOK
Institutions in India / Development Financial Institutions in India—An Overview /
ISBN: 978-81-7446-827-7 / 71/4x91/2
Performance Evaluation of All India Financial InstitutionsSection V: Management of
Investment Institutions in India / Insurance Industry in India / Life Insurance Corporation
of India / Mutual Funds in India / Section VI:Non-Banking Finance Companies in India
/ Non-Banking Finance Companies in India—An Overview / Housing Finance Companies
in India / Venture Capital

60
finance

third edition
International Financial Management
MADHU VIJ, FMS, Delhi University

This book is the revised and expanded edition of International Financial


Management. It attempts to equip the students and financial managers
with the complete information of the international financial markets
as well the foreign exchange markets and also provides them with the
Security Analysis and analytical tools they need to make sound business decisions in the present competitive global
scenario.
Portfolio Management Contents of the book have been revised completely to include a comprehensive coverage of the
ROHINI SINGH concept. Each chapter is self contained and to help the students, many new examples and text
Investment is the commitment of funds for a have been added in the present edition.
period of time with the expectation of Key features of the third edition are as follows:
receiving more than the current outlay. This
book examines financial decisions from the A detailed discussion of the monetary system in the Indian context with new solved problems
perspective of people investing in corporate and caselets has been included.
securities and other assets. As investors, we Annexures on ‘A History of the International Monetary System’ and ‘The World’s Major
need to understand the implications of Economic Cooperation and Free Trade Agreements’ have been included.
investing in various assets and the associated
risks and returns. This book aims to provide It contains a detailed discussion on foreign exchange quotations, spot market and the foreign
an introductory course in investment exchange market and foreign premiums and discounts.
management. It contains a blend of theory
It reflects a new perspective on Euro and presents new dimensions on depository receipts.
and practice based on the Indian Financial
System, and is presented in a manner that is Latest developments in the foreign direct investment, techniques of capital budgeting, dividend
easy to comprehend. growth model and CAPM, and a new section on the evidences from Asian countries are the other
highlights of this new edition.
The book contains computer exercises to
promote understanding and analytical skills. CONTENTS INCLUDE:
It also provides guidance for term papers and Part-1 The International Financial Environment / International Financial Management: An
projects. It is, therefore, suitable as a Overview / International Monetary System / International Financial Institutions/Development
textbook for undergraduate and postgraduate Banks / Balance of Payments / Part-2 The Foreign Exchange Markets / Derivative / Foreign
students studying the subject for the first Currency Futures / Foreign Currency Options / The Foreign Exchange Market / Theories of
time. It can also serve as a reference book for Foreign Exchange Rate Movement and International Parity Conditions / Part-3 Managing
the practicing managers and investors. Foreign Exchange Exposure / Management of Foreign Exchange Risk / Management of Translation
Exposure / Management of Transaction Exposure / Management of Economic Exposure / Part-
CONTENTS INCLUDE: 4 Financial Management of the Multinational Firm / Foreign Direct Investment / Cost of
Part I: Background / Introduction / Risk Capital and Capital Structure of the Multinational Firm / Multinational Capital Budgeting –
and Return / A Brief Overview of the Application and Interpretation / Multinational Cash Management / Country Risk Analysis /
Indian Financial System / Part II: Debt International Taxation / Part-5 Managing Foreign Operations / International Banking /
Markets / Systematic Risk / Unsystematic Eurocurrency Market / Interest Rate and Currency Swaps / Depository Receipts – Global
Risk / Bond Management / Part III: Depository Receipts and American Depository Receipts / Euro and its Implications for Indian
Fundamental Analysis and Valuation / Banking
Economy Analysis / Industry Analysis 2010 / 738 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
/ Company Analysis / Valuation / Part ISBN: 978-81-7446-821-5 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
IV: Price Analysis and Strategy /
Technical Analysis / Market Efficiency Emerging Financial Markets
/ Part V: Derivative Securities / Options
and Futures / Part VI: Investment EDITED BY
Analysis and Management / Portfolio DR. R NANDAGOPAL, Professor and Director, PSG Institute of
Analysis / Portfolio Planning and Management, PSG College of Technology, Coimbatore, India.
Management / Asset Pricing Models: DR. V SRIVIDYA, Assistant Professor, PSG Institute of Management, PSG
Required Return Analysis / Mutual College of Technology, Coimbatore, India.
Funds and Performance Analysis / Part
VII: Research / Writing a Project Report
or Journal Paper
2009 / 382 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-748-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
2007 / 300 Pages / PB / Rs. 450
ISBN: 978-81-7446-583-2 / 71/4x91/2
61
finance

Sustaining Shareholder Value


Role of Investors and Regulations
EDITORS
SHANTANU MEHTA, NEERAJ AMARNANI

This book contains some of the selected papers presented at the


Nirma International Conference on Management (NICOM 2010)
held in January, 2010, at the Institute of Management, Nirma
University, Ahmedabad, on the theme of ‘Managing Finance: Sustaining Shareholder Value’.
Security Analysis and The contents of the book have been organized under three sections viz., Capital Markets;
Portfolio Management Financial Services; and Government Policy and Corporate Finance. The reader of the book
would gain a better understanding of the financial markets, services and policy environment that
SUDHINDRA BHAT, Director, SRN Adarsh
immediately impact corporate finance and eventually shareholder value.
Department of Management Studies
2009 / 542 Pages / PB / Rs. 795
KEY FEATURES: ISBN: 978-81-7446-803-1 / 71/4x91/2
186 Solved Problems / 237 Review questions
(Theoretical Questions / Guidelines for
investment / Investing Tips - profiles sound Sustaining Shareholder Value
investing tips and considerations / Mistakes Corporate Finance Practices
investors make and how to avoid them / Detailed
material on derivatives, options, mutual funds, EDITORS
Swaps, Behavioural Finance / Explanation by real SHANTANU MEHTA, NEERAJ AMARNANI
world examples and investment strategies / Focus
on stock market instruments / New avenues of CFO is transitioning from being a check on the flow of funds to a
investment opportunities / Balanced coverage of This book contains selected papers from those presented at the Nirma
individual and institutional investment / More International Conference on Management (NICOM 2010) held in
than 2400 Investment Terminologies January, 2010, at the Institute of Management, Nirma University,
CONTENTS INCLUDE: Ahmedabad, on the theme of ‘Managing Finance: Sustaining Shareholder Value’. The contents of
Part I: The Investment Environment / the book have been organized under three sections viz., Corporate Finance; Financial Reporting
Nature and Scope of Investment Decisions and Corporate Governance; and Emerging Trends in Finance.
/ Stock Markets in India/Stock Exchanges 2009 / 520 Pages / PB / Rs. 795
in India / New Issue Market / Stock Market ISBN: 978-81-7446-802-4 / 71/4x91/2
Regulation / Intermediaries / Market
Indices / Capital Market Reform / Part II:
Alternative Investment Outlets / Avenues
of Investment / Bond and Preference Share
Valuation and Analysis / Equity Shares Dictionary of Finance
Valuation and Analysis / Part III: Risk and
SHEETAL THOMAS
Return, Security analysis / Risk and Return
/ Fundamental Analysis 1: Economic
Analysis / Fundamental Analysis 2: In general terms, a dictionary is a collection of words listed
Industry Analysis / Fundamental Analysis alphabetically, along with definitions and other information. This
3: Company Analysis / Technical Analysis book contains more than 3000 words that describe some important
/ Efficient Market Theory / Behavioural terms of finance and accounting. As a comprehensive vocabulary of
Finance / Part IV: Portfolio Analysis and terms used in finance, this book covers different aspects of the subject
Management / Portfolio Analysis: Risk and such as trial balance, balance of payments, debt financing, JIT, overhead budget, ratio analysis,
Return / Portfolio Selection / Capital Market risk, etc.
Theory / Portfolio Revision / Performance
Evaluation of Portfolio / Forecasting of This book provides concise definitions of important financial terms. An attempt has been made
Portfolio Performance / Portfolio to write the entries in a clear and lucid style to provide straightforward definitions and invaluable
Management / Part V: Derivatives / background information. The words and terms are explained in simple language and clear and
Financial Derivatives Markets / Hedging, easy illustrations have been included, where appropriate, to explain their meaning and usage. It
Options, Futures, Forward and Swaps / has been compiled to meet the needs of the students of finance at all levels.
Part VI: General Topics on Investment /
Commodity Market / Foreign Portfolio The dictionary will be of immense value and will serve as a ready-reckoner to the students of
Investment / Mutual Fund / Guidelines management and others studying or working in the related fields. Also, it will help the students
for Investment to locate, identify and expound day-to-day terminology in its proper context.
Instructor Manual Available
2007 / 686 Pages / PB / Rs. 370 2010 / 438 Pages / PB / Rs. 300
ISBN: 978-81-7446-580-1 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK ISBN: 978-81-7446-847-5 / 51/2x81/2
62
finance

Management Accounting Cost Accounting


SUDHINDRA BHAT Theory and Practice
K S THAKUR

A business enterprise operates in a dynamic


environment which creates many new facets
of management problems characterized by the presence of large scale
Management accounting is concerned with providing information production, research, expansion, product improvement and diversification,
to managers¯that is, people inside an organization who direct and widening of the market and cut-throat competition, leaving narrow margin
control its operations. These operations include making decisions for profit. The importance of cost accounting has risen due to this
regarding planning the future course of the business, pricing products competitive environment. It is a significant aspect in the field of Commerce,
or services so as to cover costs and make profit, planning and allocating Management and other important functional areas.
capital resources, acquiring and evaluating human resources, and
evaluating the business segments and its managers. This book is This book covers all the advanced topics of cost accounting included in
designed as a comprehensive and analytical treatise to fill the gaps the syllabi of BCom, MCom, BBA, MBA and other similar professional
created by the non-availability of good management books. courses of Indian Universities. Every chapter is well-equipped with solved
problems as well as theoretical and numerical questions for better
This book describes both theory and common practices in simple understanding of the graduate and postgraduate syllabi of Commerce and
and lucid manner so that the students can understand how to produce Management.
information that is useful in day-to-day decision making. It is
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
particularly written for the managers, management accountants and Cost Elements and Classification / Material Cost and Control / Labour
professional students to reason out the cost and management Cost Control / Overheads / Unit or Output Costing / Job and Batch
accounting issues for themselves. Also, this would prove to be very Costing / Contract Costing / Process Costing / Operating Costing /
useful for the students who do not have a basic knowledge of Reconciliation of Cost and Financial Accounts / Uniform Costing and
management accounting or who need help in improving their Inter–Firm Comparison / Marginal Costing (Cost–Volume–Profit
performance as the concepts are explained with a number of Analysis and Decision-making) / Standard Costing / Budgetary Control
illustrations and diagrams for clear understanding of the subject / Cost Audit / Cost Reduction
matter. 2009 / 764 Pages / PB / Rs. 360
ISBN: 978-81-7446-750-8 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
The book seeks to build and develop familiarity with analytical
techniques in internal and external decision-making in the competitive Second Edition
world. It contains 786 solved problems, 189 unsolved problems,
around 300 theoretical questions and 14 case studies for class Corporate Accounting
discussion, EDP and FDP. DR. V K GOYAL, SRCC, Delhi
This book is structured in such a way that it can be used in both
semester as well as trimester patterns of various MBA, MCom,
PGDM, PGP, PG courses of all major universities, and CA, CS,
CFA, CWA, CPA of professional and autonomous institutions.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Part I: Introduction / Management Accounting / Part II: Financial
Statement Analysis / Financial Statement and Accounting Practice Accounting for different types of corporations comes under the sphere of
/ Funds Flow Statement / Cash Flow Statement / Financial
Corporate Accounting. This book primarily deals with the preparation
Statements: Analysis and Interpretation / Ratio Analysis / Working
and presentation of accounts strictly in accordance with the provisions of
Capital Management / Part III: Cost Determination / Concept of
Cost / Material Control / Costing and Control of Labour / Indian Company Law. It is written as per the revised syllabus of B.Com.
Overheads / Machine Hour Rate / Process Costing / Contract courses of Indian Universities, particularly of Delhi University. This book
Costing / Operating Costing / Unit or Output Costing / provides a comprehensive coverage of the subject in a lucid style making
Reconciliation of Cost and Financial Accounts / Part IV: Planning it easy for the students to grasp the subject.
/ Marginal Costing and Cost Volume Profit Analysis / Budget CONTENTS INCLUDE:
and Budgetary Control / Capital Budgeting / Part V: Control / Issue of Shares - Forfeiture and Reissue of Forfeited Shares / Issue and
Standard Costing / Variance Analysis / Responsibility Accounting Redemption of Preference Shares and Bonus / Purchase of a Business /
/ Part VI: General Topics / Accounting for Price Level Changes / Profits Prior to Incorporation / Loan Capital (Issue of Debentures) /
Value Added and Shareholder Value Analysis / Human Resource Redemption of Debentures / Final Accounts / Internal Reconstruction /
Accounting / Financial Forecasting and Balance Scorecard External Reconstruction [Amalgamation, Absorption and Merger] / Cash
Instructor Manual Available Flow Statement / Ratio Analysis
2009 / 818 Pages / PB / Rs. 380 2009 / 486 Pages / PB / Rs. 210
ISBN: 978-81-7446-763-8 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-751-5 / 71/4x91/2
63
finance

Management Control Systems


a managerial emphasis
PRADIP KUMAR SINHA third edition
Financial Accounting
a managerial emphasis
This book is intended for various management ASHOK BANERJEE, Professor,
courses. The objective of writing this book is to set a Finance and Control, Indian
new standard for the Management Control Systems Institute of Management, Kolkata
textbooks. An attempt has been made to write this book with the following
features: Management Accounting has two broad branches—Financial
Accounting and Cost Accounting. This book covers the first
A comprehensive and up to date coverage of all the issues with special reference
aspect of Management Accounting. It seeks to delve deep
to India. Uncontroversial presentation with detailed explanation in simple
language. An integrated and logical flow of the text from the beginning to the into all the aspects of Financial Accounting from a manager’s
end. Focuses managerial implications which cater to the needs of business perspective. The objective is to present the concepts,
school students. Makes important theories accessible and interesting to the applications and practices of Financial Accounting in such a
students with live examples. manner that even those readers having no prior exposure to
the subject can understand its theory and practice. A manager
CONTENTS INCLUDE: is more interested in understanding various elements in
Nature of Management Control System / Contributing Theories of Management
financial statements and thereby being able to analyze and
Control Systems / Major Influencing Factors on the Design of Management
interpret the financial health of a business entity on the basis
Control Systems / Infrastructure Organising / for Management Control / The
of financial statements. Apart from this, the readers will also
Managerial Process of Crafting and Executing Strategy / Responsibility Centre
/ Strategic Planning / Budgetary Control as an Instrument of Management / become thoroughly acquainted with the financial disclosure
Control / Performance Measurement and Balanced Scorecard / Management practices followed in India.
Compensation / Designing of Management Control Systems in Indian Context
The highlights of the book are discussions on:
and Importance of MCS in the / Backdrop of Opening up of Indian Economy
/ Management Control of Service Organisations, Non-profit Organisations Accounting Standards in India Understanding Published
and Government Organisations / Audit / Management Control and Emerging Financial Statements Inventory Valuation and Depreciation
Areas / Management Control of Multinational Organisations / Management Accounting Cash Flow Reporting and Interpretation Financial
Control of Projects / A Guide to Case Analysis in Management Control Statements Analysis Intra-firm and Inter-firm Comparisons
Systems / Managerial Costing Traditional Systems and Activity Based Systems Consolidated Financial Statements Valuation Techniques
Accounting for Amalgamations Selected Solved and
Instructor Manual Available Unsolved Cases Financial Statements Analysis by Banks
2008 / 518 Pages / PB / Rs. 295 Investment Accounting for Banks Accounting for Share buyback
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-680-8 / 71/4x91/2 ESOP Accounting

Risk Management in Banks New to the Third Edition


Accounting for Financial Instruments, including Derivatives
concepts and applications Illustrations on Pricing of Derivatives Accounting for Demerger
Share based Payments
S SINGH
YOGESH SINGH

CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Financial Accounting—An Introduction / Recording in the
Primary Books / Postings in the Secondary Books / Bank
Reconciliation Statement / Trial Balance and Final Accounts
/ Accounting Standards in India / Revenue Recognition /
CONTENTS INCLUDE: Corporate Financial Statements—Part-I / Corporate
Part I: Banking Service in India – Then & Now/Commercial Banking in Financial Statements—Part-II / Understanding Published
India/Development Banks & FLS in India/Financial Sector Reforms in India Financial Statements / Cash Flow Reporting / Financial
- An Overview/Part II: Risk Management: Concept and Application/Asset Statements Analysis / Intra-firm and Inter-firm
Liability Management (ALM) in Banks/Introduction to Risk Management in Comparisons / Lease Accounting and Analysis /
Banks/Credit Risk Management in Banks/CRM Policy and Application Road Consolidated Financial Statements / Valuations / Accounting
Map/Market Risk Management (MRM)/Operational Risk Management for Amalgamations / Accounting for Investments / Financial
(ORM)/Building Block for Integrated Risk Management (IRM)/Integrated Instruments
Risk Management (IRM)/Part III: Corporate Governance Complements Risk
Management/Corporate Governance and Risk Management are Complementary/
PNB — A Case Study of the Risk Management Division/Part IV: Application
of Risk Management/Policies and Tools
Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 224 Pages / PB / Rs. 225 2009 / 794 Pages / PB / Rs. 360
ISBN: 978-81-7446-641-9 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK ISBN: 978-81-7446-743-0 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
64
finance

Multinational Financial Management


R M SRIVASTAVA

This book deals with the modern concepts, approaches, skills,


techniques and practices of the international financial management.
The book is organized in such a manner as to provide clear, authoritative
and comprehensive idea about the background on the international
financial environment, followed by a focus from a corporate
perspective. The entire text is divided into four major sections. The
first two sections of the text provide the macroeconomic framework for the text and the remaining
two sections furnish a microeconomic framework, in an enlightening manner and lucid style. Accounting and Costing for
As such, the text is expected to best suit the needs of practicing managers and students pursuing Management
management, commerce and other sectoral programmes.
PRADIP KUMAR SINHA
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
SECTION I: INTRODUCTION / Introduction / International Monetary System / International This book attempts to provide a detailed
Financial Flows / SECTION II: MANAGEMENT OF FOREIGN EXCHANGE / Foreign description of the concepts of accounting
Exchange Market / Exchange Rate Determination and International Parity Conditions /
and costing. It covers the basics of financial
Management of Country Risk / Management of Exposure to Exchange Risk – An Aggregate View
/ Management of Operating Exposure / Internal Hedging Techniques of Transaction Exposure accounting and costing and is focused on to
Management / External Hedging Techniques of Transaction Exposure Management / Management meet the learning requirements of those
of Translation Exposure / Foreign Exchange Control / SECTION III: MULTINATIONAL learners who do not have any basic knowledge
INVESTMENT DECISIONS / Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) / Capital Budgeting for of management accounting and costing,
Multinationals / Multinational Portfolio Investment / Multinational Working Capital Management particularly PGDM and MBA students in
/ Taxation and Foreign Investment Decision / SECTION IV: MULTINATIONAL FINANCING the first year. However, even those who are
DECISIONS / Financing Multinational Operations / MNC’s Capital Structure Decision / Cost familiar with the basic concepts of accounting
of Capital for MNCs and costing may find the book very useful as
2008 / 358 Pages / PB / Rs. 275 it covers live examples from the corporate
ISBN: 978-81-7446-670-9 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
world. The author has used innovative and
Financial Management simplistic method to explain the concepts.
tools and techniques CONTENTS INCLUDE:
UNIT 1: Accounting as an Information
DR PRADIP KUMAR SINHA System / Uses of Accounting Information
With the liberalization of Indian economy, the Indian corporate world and the Basic Financial Statement /
Measuring Business Transactions /
has found itself in an environment where it has to contest with the
Measuring Business Income /
market forces, large corporations with significant brand equity and
Completing the Accounting Cycle /
also follow different resource strategies and practices. India faces the Accounting for Trading Operations /
task of not only integrating itself with the rest of the world, but more Financial Reporting and Analysis /
importantly, of understanding future global trends to work towards Analysis and Interpretation of Financial
finding a place among the leading economies. Statements using the Techniques of Fund
In this book, the author has endeavoured to provide a firm grounding in the principles, techniques Flow Analysis and Ratio Analysis /
and practice of financial management. Accounting Standards / Nature and
CONTENTS INCLUDE: Incidence of Window-dressing / UNIT
PART I: INTRODUCTION TO FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT / Nature of Financial 2: Management and Cost Accounting /
Management / Indian Financial System / Time Value of Money / Risk and Return Fundamentals Introduction to Management and Cost
/ PART II: FINANCIAL ANALYSIS, PROFIT PLANNING AND CONTROL / Analysis and Accounting / Materials / Labour Cost /
Interpretation of Financial Statements using the Techniques of Fund Flow Analysis and Ratio Overheads / Methods of Costing / Non-
Analysis / Cost -Volume- Profit Analysis and Break-Even Point / Financial Planning and Budgetary Integrated Accounts and Reconciliation
Control / PART III: LONG-TERM INVESTMENT DECISIONS / Capital Expenditure of Cost and Financial Accounts /
Planning and Control / Risk Analysis in Capital Budgeting / PART IV: LONG TERM Marginal Costing and Cost-volume-
FINANCING AND DIVIDEND DECISIONS / Leverage and Capital Structure / Sources of profit Analysis / Financial Planning and
Long-Term and Medium Term funds / Dividend policy considerations / PART V: WORKING Budgetary Control / Standard Costing /
CAPITAL MANAGEMENT / Working Capital Management / Management of Cash / Receivable
Management Information and Reporting
Management / Inventory Management / Current Liabilities Management / PART VI:
MISCELLANEOUS TOPICS IN FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT / Concept of Micro-Finance System / Responsibility Accounting and
/ Mergers, Acquisitions and Restructuring / Corporate Governance / Performance Measurement, Transfer Pricing / New Concepts for
ROI, EVA and Balanced Scorecard / Recent Trends in Accounting and Finance / Value Based Decision-making – ABC Cost
Management-Introduction / Introduction to derivatives and Financial Risk Management / Financial Management, Value Chain Analysis,
Management of Multinational Firm / A Guide to Case Analysis / Appendix Target Costing and Life Cycle Costing
2010 / 650 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
2009 / 856 Pages / PB / Rs. 395 ISBN: 978-81-7446-806-2 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-737-9 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
65
finance

Management Accounting Contemporary


theory and practice Issues in Finance
M P PANDIKUMAR, Professor, Business
JAGADEESHA
Administration, Infant Jesus College of Engineering.
SHIVAKUMAR DEENE
Free Student CD Included
This book presents the concepts, techniques and With the globalization of economy,
application of management accounting in a lucid the financial system has become a
and learner friendly manner. Special efforts have been major player in the management
made to explain the context of the problems through step by step approach. of business. The development in the capital market and the
Salient features: new avenues available to gear the traditional financial
Coverage of major and modern aspects in management accounting. constraints have placed the present day finance manager in a
position to discover new skills and relentlessly update the
Pictorial illustrations for better understanding.
knowledge. This book has been compiled in order to fill the
Corporate live examples.
gap between traditional and modern finance.
Seven case studies for better application of concepts.
Meaningful explanations of the formula for easy retrieval to the tune of theoretical This book is a collaborative effort to present an insightful look
aspects. into the theoretical and empirical aspects of contemporary
CD consisting additional solved problems. issues in finance. Under the 33 chapters, from Stock Market
Development to Cross-border investment, from Venture
Instructor manual for faculty members.
Capital to Debt Market and from impact of Futures on Spot
The book is comprehensive in presentation and will facilitate PG students of Market Volatility to Impact of Global Crisis, the book covers
management discipline to understand the subject as well as take rational decisions. various aspects of contemporary and emerging trends in finance.
The book will also help non-finance executives gain more insight about the
subject. This book is a sincere attempt from the side of contributors to
familiarize the emerging issues in finance. In general, this book
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction/Financial Accounting - Introduction/Financial Statements/ will help the academicians, researchers, practitioners and
Depreciation Accounting/Financial Statement Analysis/Ratio Analysis/Fund investors in their particular areas.
Flow Statement Analysis/Cash Flow Statement Analysis/Capital Budgeting/ 2009 / 396 Pages / PB / Rs. 500
ISBN: 978-81-7446-725-6 / 71/4x91/2
Unit Costing/Inventory Valuation/Inventory Control & Management/Process
Costing/Job Order Costing/Marginal Costing/Standard Costing/Budgetary third edition
Control/Activity Based Costing/Human Resource Accounting/Responsibility
Accounting Financial Accounting
Instructor Manual Available DR. V K GOYAL, SRCC, Delhi
2007 / 454 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-564-1 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK

This is the third edition of the book


Capital Market and ‘Financial Accounting’, completely
SEBI Regulations revised and updated as per the latest
syllabus of B.Com (Course) of
TAPASH RANJAN SAHA Indian Universities, particularly of Delhi University. It is
designed to explain the meaning, principles and concepts of
This book provides a detailed analysis of the Indian Financial Accounting in a very interesting and lucid style.
Capital Market. It starts with elaborating the basic Sufficient number of solved illustrations are given in a graded
concepts of Capital Market and thoroughly discusses manner which would prove to be a boon for the readers to
the SEBI norms/guidelines covered in around 20 understand and grasp the subject clearly.
chapters of the book. The unique feature of this book is the incorporation of CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Case Study section, derived from the actual events of Indian Capital Market in Meaning and Objectives of Accounting and Accounting
the recent past. The theory part coupled with case study and exercise shall Information / Theory Base of Accounting and Accounting
provide the student an exposure to the puzzling world of Finance Market. The Standards / Accounting Process / Source Documents and
book is aimed for undergraduate as well as postgraduate students in commerce Vouchers for Recording of Transactions / Subsidiary Books
of Business / Trial Balance and Errors and their Rectification
and management courses of various Indian Universities.
/ Depreciation—Reserves and Provisions / Final Accounts
This book provides a comprehensive coverage of the subject in a lucid style of Trading Concerns / Accounts of Non-trading
making it easy for the students to grasp the subject as well as for the working Organizations / Accounts from Incomplete Records: Single
executives, to understand the day-to-day matters for operating in the Indian Entry System / Consignment Account / Joint Venture
Capital Market. Accounts / Hire Purchase System / Branch Accounts /
Dissolution of a Partnership Firm
2009 / 174 Pages / PB / Rs. 195 2009 / 622 Pages / PB / Rs. 245
ISBN: 978-81-7446-769-0 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-746-1 / 71/4x91/2
66
finance

Working Capital Management Mutual Funds in


KRISH RANGARAJAN, Director, IIFT, Kolkata India
ANIL MISRA Emerging Issues
NALINI PRAVA TRIPATHY,
Professor, IIM, Shillong

This is a textbook on concepts involved in and techniques used for effective Working KEY FEATURES:
Capital Management of an enterprise. It is meant for postgraduate students of financial Pedagogically rich to help students retain and apply
management pursuing M.Com, M.B.A., Post Graduate Diploma studies in universities chapter concepts
and institutes of management; students of professional courses like C.A., Company Comprehensive coverage of bodies and practices
Secretaries, Cost & Works Accountants. On a selective basis, practicing managers can Discusses in detail about the current status of
also use this book with advantage in reformulating and improving upon the existing
development and future prospects of mutual fund
practices, techniques and generalizations relative to Working Capital Management of
industry in India
their enterprises.
Provides exercises to test the students grasp of the subject
It is intended to assist students in developing the analytical skills necessary for dealing Cases in the Indian context
with the problems of Working Capital in the Indian context. It contains descriptions Highlights latest trends with figures and tables
and explanations of generalizations related to Working Capital Management with
desirable application. CONTENTS INCLUDE:
The coverage of the book extends to important decision-making areas of Working The Financial Market in India/Securities Exchange
Board of India (SEBI)/Mutual Funds in India/
Capital Management, viz., Current Assets Management, Working Capital Financing,
Regulatory Framework and Organisation of Mutual
Inventory and Receivables Management, Cash Management and Financial policies Funds in India/Investment Management/Mutual
affecting Working Capital Finance. Funds Marketing/Mutual Fund Derivatives/Future
Scenario of the Mutual Fund Industry/A Message
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Introduction to Working Capital Management/Short-Term Financing/Management for Investors Relating to Investing in Mutual
of Cash/Receivables Management/Inventory Management/Working Capital Funds/Cases
Management and Dividend Policy/Loans and Lines of Credit 2007 / 264 Pages / PB / Rs. 225 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-535-9 / 71/4x91/2
Instructor Manual Available
2005 / 256 Pages / PB / Rs. 220
Mergers,
ISBN: 81-7446-453-0 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Acquisitions and
Business
Accounting and Finance for Valuation
Managers RAVINDHAR VADAPALLI
NITIN BALWANI

CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Activities in Mergers and Acquisitions: Worldwide
Trend / How to Go About-Due Diligence Process
/ Synergy Value / Leveraged Buyouts / Divestitures
/ Acquiring or Merging Across Borders / Employee
CONTENTS INCLUDE: Stock Ownership Plans (ESOPs) / Taking an Ethical
The World of Finance/Accounting Simplified/Financial Markets and Financial Approach to Mergers and Acquisitions / Cultural
Instruments/Financial Reporting/Balance Sheet Demystified/Profit & Loss A/c Due Diligence / Evaluation of Merger and
Demystified/Cash Flow Statement Demystified/Financial Statement Analysis/ Acquisition Reference / The Case Against Mergers
Accounting for Decision Making/Standard Costing & Variance Analysis/Activity and Acquisitions / Financing M and A / Business
Based Costing/Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis/Investment Appraisal – Basic Concepts/ Valuation Methods / Business Valuations – Analysis
Investment Appraisal: Methods and Considerations/The Financing Mix/Payout of Methods / Classic Examples of Acquisitions in
Decisions/Budgets as a Basis for Planning and Control/Introduction to Working Indian Scenario –2006
Capital/Managing Liquid Assets Instructor Manual Available
2001 / 608 Pages / PB / Rs. 310 2007 / 266 Pages / PB / Rs. 225
TEXTBOOK TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-265-1 / 71/4x91/2 ISBN: 978-81-7446-570-2 / 71/4x91/2
67
finance

Introduction to Banking Indian Stock Market


VIJAYARAGAVAN IYENGAR, Director, BISHNUPRIYA MISHRA, Professor, Department
AICAR, Mumbai of Business Administration, Regional College of
Management, Bhubaneswar
SATHYA SWAROOP DEBASISH, Lecturer,
Department of Business Management, Fakir
This book meets the requirements of Mohan University, Balasore, Orissa
the subject in all its angles and intends
to serve the requirements of
management students who would like
to make a career in banking and for those in pursuit of promotional 2008 / 210 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-605-1 / 71/4x91/2
avenues within the bank.
CONTENTS INCLUDE: Microfinance
Indian Banking System/Reserve Bank of India/Reforms in redefining the future
Financial and Banking Sector/Different types of Accounts/Banker
Customer Relationship/Customer Service in Banks/KYC Norms V S SOMANATH
and Anti-money Laundering/Banking Laws/Other Important
Laws as Applied to Banking/Technology in Banks/Payment and
Settlement System – New Age Clearing/New Age Payment –
National Gateways/New Age Payment – International Gateways/
Financial Innovations/Retail Banking/Book Keeping and
Accountancy for Bankers/Treasury Management /Loans and
Advances/Credit Management/Documentation/Operational Risk CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Management/Foreign Exchange/Priority Sector Lending/Non PART I Microfinance: Redefining the Future / Overview of
Performing Assets/Latest in Banking Microfinance / Magnitude of Poverty in India / Subsidized Credit
Instructor Manual Available to Microcredit / PART II Microfinance: Connect, Communicate
2007 / 640 Pages / PB / Rs. 350 and Link Credit / Microfinance Institutions / Self-help Group
ISBN: 978-81-7446-569-6 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
and Bank Linkage / Challenges Facing SHG Federation / NGO-
Financial Derivatives SHG-Bank Linkage / State Sponsored Microfinance / PART III
MICROFINANCE: EPICYCLE / Attaining Outreach and
BISHNUPRIYA MISHRA, Principal, Viability / Role of Technology to Reach the Unbanked
Academy of Management Studies, 2008 / 282 Pages / PB / Rs. 525
Krupajal Group of Institutions, ISBN: 978-81-7446-705-8 / 61/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Bhubaneswar
SATYA SWAROOP
Corporate Accounting
DR. K K VERMA
In recent years, derivatives have become
increasingly important in the field of
finance. The book discusses at large the
meaning, basic understanding, pricing and trading strategies of the
financial derivatives. Common derivatives include options, forward The book is designed as per the latest
contracts, futures contracts, and swaps. This book provides a broad- amendments of the Company (Amendment)
based introduction to the technical aspects of the main classes of Act 2002. It covers the latest syllabus of
derivatives, the markets in which they are traded and the underlying B.Com. and M.Com. of the UGC. It is also useful for the students pursuing
concepts. This book is a comprehensive, industry-independent Management, Commerce and PG courses of all the major universities.
exploration of financial derivatives which offers an insightful look CONTENTS INCLUDE:
inside financial derivatives that is sweeping corporate world, banks, Issue of Shares / Company Accounts – Redeemable Preference Shares/
and investment finance. This book is intended as a text for MBA Company Accounts – Issue and Redemption of Debentures/Acquisition
students specializing in the area of Finance, students of CA/ICWA, of Business or Purchase of Business/Profit or Loss Prior to Incorporation
students of M.Com, academicians, researchers, practitioners and and Post-Incorporation/Underwriting of Shares & Debentures & Under-
investors in general. writing Commission/Valuation of Goodwill/Valuation of Shares/
Liquidation of Companies/Accounts of Holding Companies/Final
CONTENTS INCLUDE: Accounts of Companies (Managerial Remuneration)/Final Accounts of
Introduction to Derivatives/Forward Contracts/Futures Contracts
Companies (With Disposal of Profit)/Accounting for Amalgamation,
– Basic Principles/Pricing of Futures Contracts/Hedging
Absorption and Reconstruction of Companies as per AS-14/Internal
Strategies Using Futures/Options Contracts – Basic Principles/
Reconstruction and Alteration of Share Capital
Valuation of Options/Hedging Strategies using Options/Financial
Swaps-Principles and Valuation Instructor Manual Available
2007 / 248 Pages / PB / Rs. 195 2007 / 990 Pages / PB / Rs. 375
ISBN: 978-81-7446-572-6 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK ISBN: 978-81-7446-578-8 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
68
information
technology
Engineering MIS for Strategic
Dictionary of Business Processes
Computer & ARPITA GOPAL
Internet
B NANDHAKUMAR
BHUVANESHWARI
LALITHA

This dictionary provides the user with a comprehensive This book talks of different business situations and the process of engineering
range of the vocabulary used in the field of computing. Management Information System (MIS) framework for these business situations. This
It covers all the aspects of computing, including text is not aimed to cover the theoretical concepts related to MIS but consciously
hardware, software, peripherals, networks and makes an effort towards application of these concepts to various business domains.
programming, as well as many applications in which
There are thousands of ways of developing MIS solutions for a business situation. But
computers are used, such as the Internet or desktop
the perfect fit is rare. This text explains simple techniques of developing perfect fit MIS
publishing. It also describes the latest developments in
solutions for specific business situations. The text is specifically written to successfully
networks, Internet, communications, programming,
bridge the gap between MIS concepts and their applications. The text is most suitable
multimedia, and processor design and storage
for students pursuing various management and computer courses at graduation and
technology.
postgraduation levels.
General comments about particular items of interest,
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
complex ideas or hardware or software applications are
given in separate boxes. Quotations from magazines SECTION 1: Thinking in Terms of Management Information Systems / Overview of
Concepts / Education Institute Management System / Petrol Pump Management
and journals are given to show how the words are used
System / Payroll Management System / Resource Allocation Management System /
in real text. This book's coverage isn't restricted to
Sports Management System / Banking Management System / Hospital Management
Microsoft Windows systems; in fact, the reader will System / Library Management System / SECTION 2: Strategic Business Processes
find full coverage of Macintosh and OS/2 terms as Related MIS Case Studies / Human Resource Department / Marketing Department /
well. Anyone using a personal computer of any brand Inventory Department / Assembly and Dispatch Department / Production Department
or model will find this book to be a valuable reference / Purchase Department Financial Accounting System
and learning tool. 2008 / 434 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-688-4 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
This book can be used as a handy reference material
regarding the computer system. One can also use it to
figure out what's available on the Internet and on-line Management Information
services.
Systems
2010 / 300 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
ISBN: 978-81-7446-855-0 / 51/2x81/2 A Computer oriented approach for business
operations
DHARMINDER KUMAR, Guru Jambheswar University, Hisar
SANGEETA GUPTA
BPO/KPO
Management
an industry perspective Divided into thirteen chapters, the book exhaustively covers every possible aspect
of the subject, including:
EDITED BY
R GOPAL Evolution, Myths, Concepts, Limitations, Benefits, Significance and Role
PRADIP MANJREKAR Internal and Environmental drivers, Dimensions & Scope, and Sources
Definitions, Characteristics, Design, Challenges, and the Future
Various functional areas of the Organization, and related MIS Sub- systems
Implementation, Evaluation and Maintenance
2008 / 356 Pages / PB / Rs. 595 Controlling MIS, Security Hazards, Security Techniques
ISBN: 978-81-7446-672-3 / 71/4x91/2
Database Types/Management Systems/ Relational Database Design
Computer Networks, Topology, LAN, MAN, WAN, Architecture
11 case studies provide accelerated learning and problemsolving ability
…& much, much more.
2005 / 490 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
ISBN: 81-7446-427-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

69
information
technology
IT Enabled Practices and Data Analysis using
Emerging Management Microsoft Excel
Paradigms ASH NARAYAN SAH

EDITORS
I C GUPTA The focal point of this book is the use of
DEEPAK JAROLIYA Microsoft Excel for data analysis from the
researchers’ perspective. It is aimed at
researchers in economics and management
2008 / 376 Pages / PB / Rs. 595 who just want to apply econometric methods sensibly to the real world
ISBN: 978-81-7446-676-1 / 71/4x91/2 data for analysis and empirical works.
This book has been divided into 9 chapters. The first chapter
Management Information Systems ‘Elementary Data Handling’ deals with summarizing data graphically
ASHOK ARORA, and by descriptive statistics. The second chapter is ‘Correlation Analysis’
AKSHAYA BHATIA which studies the nature of relationship between two variables. The
CONTENTS INCLUDE: third chapter aims to familiarize the reader with various concepts of
Overview of Management, Organization & Systems/Management simple linear regression model where one phenomenon has been
Information Systems/Office Automation/Fundamentals of explained in terms of another phenomenon. The fourth chapter stretches
Computers/Prominent Information Systems/Communication the basic concepts of the third chapter and explains one variable in
Concepts & Networking/Telecommunication/Project Planning, terms of one or more variables. The fifth chapter discusses the Dummy
Analysis & Design of MIS/Database Management/Typical Information Regression Model—a technique used to incorporate qualitative
Systems/Case Studies information into regression model. This is also used for studying
seasonality in data. The sixth chapter deals with time series analysis.
Instructor Manual Available The seventh chapter describes Box-Jenkins methodology. It also
1999 / 532 Pages / PB / Rs. 320 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-188-4 / 71/4x91/2 discusses distributed lag model and Granger causality. The eighth
chapter explains the concept of co-integration and error correction
mechanism. The last chapter discusses the extensions and limitations
of regression analysis.
This book would be extremely beneficial for the students pursuing
Effective Call Center postgraduate economics and MBA programmes.
Training 2009 / 196 Pages / PB / Rs. 225
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-716-4 / 71/4x91/2
soft skills

Business Essentials for


This book, perhaps among the first few of Software Professionals
its kind, explores in a unique way G P SUDHAKAR
management concepts like customer
centricity and core competency. Examples, illustrations and tables guide
the reader on how to provide superior customer satisfaction to existing
customers, acquire new customer and build customers loyalty.

A lucid book on the ins and outs of the much-in-vogue call centers. It
caters to the need of a global audience with panache. The focus is on
2008 / 192 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
honing personal relation skills and educating the reader on what it ISBN: 978-81-7446-637-2 / 71/4x91/2
takes to thrive in the highly competitive, vibrant and rapidly evolving
world of call centers. IT & Business Intelligence
CONTENTS INCLUDE: EDITED BY
The history of the industry/Opportunities and challenges in India/ R K JENA
How a call center functions/How to handle a telemarketing call/How
to satisfy different types of customers/The nuances of American
English/How to overcome communication barriers/How to build a
successful team/Customer relationship management/Web-based
customer support/Windows Explorer/Outlook Express/MS-Word/
MS-Excel and/MS-PowerPoint
2001 / 220 Pages / PB / Rs. 200
ISBN: 81-7446-255-4 / 71/4x91/2 2009 / 294 Pages / PB / Rs. 495
70 ISBN: 978-81-7446-715-7 / 71/4x91/2
information
technology
Visual Basic 6
SANJEEV SHARMA,
third edition Asian Development Bank
Fundamentals of Information NANDAN TRIPATHI,

Technology Barkatullah University, Bhopal

DEEPAK BHARIHOKE, Perot Systems Ltd.

The third edition of “Fundamentals of Information Technology” is a 'must have' This book covers the depth as well as breadth of the Visual
book not only for BCA and MBA students, but also for all those who want to Basic. It begins with a very elementary level of programming
strengthen their knowledge of computers. The additional chapter on MS Office and gradually illustrates the basics of Visual Basic and
is a comprehensive study on MS Word, MS Excel and other components of the Graphical User Interfaces.
package. This book is packed with expert advice from eminent IT professionals,
in-depth analysis and practical examples. It presents a detailed functioning of CONTENTS INCLUDE:
hardware components besides covering the software concepts. A broad overview Visual Basic: Background / Visual Basic Forms: Data
Entry Screens / VB Toolbox In-depth / Variables,
of Computer architecture, Data representation in the computer, Operating
Datatypes and User Defined Types / Dialog Boxes,
systems, Database management systems, Programming languages, etc., has also
Conditional Statements and Loops / Modules, Arrays,
been included. An additional chapter on Mobile Computing and other state-of-
Collections, Enums / Procedures, Functions, Formats,
the-art innovations in the IT world have been incorporated. Not only that, the API, Graphics / Events: A Closer Look / Menus, Control
latest Internet technologies have also been covered in detail. Each chapter is Arrays, Multiple Forms / Advanced Active-x Controls /
followed by a number of review questions. Windows Common Controls: Animation, Updown,
CONTENTS INCLUDE: Monthview / Windows Common Controls: Slider,
Introduction to Computer Basics/Data Representation/Input and Output Imagelist, Image Combo, Tool Bar, Status Bar / Treeview
Devices/Computer Memory/Processor/Binary Arithmetic/The Basic Computer and Listview / Database Concepts and SQL / Database
Architecture/Software Concepts/Operating Systems/DOS: Disk Operating Creation, ODBC and DAO Programming / Database
System/Features of the Unix Operating System/Windows 95/98/Microsoft Programming: ADO and DED / Database
Office/Data Base Management Systems/SQL/Computers and Communication/ Programming: Data Reports / Object Oriented
Computer Networks/Internet/Mobile Computing/Multimedia/Data Programming Systems (OOPS) / OLE / File System
Warehousing Objects / COM/DCOM / DHTML Programming /
Error Handling, Debugging, Compiling / Package and
Instructor Manual Available Deployment Wizard / Beyond VB: ASP, COM+, .NET
2006 / 654 Pages / PB / Rs. 275 / Glossary / Index
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-481-6 / 71/4x91/2
2009 / 558 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-704-1 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Management Information
Systems IT Innovations for
G V SATYA SEKHAR, College of Management Studies, Organizational
Gandhi Instiute of Technology and Management,
Visakhapatnam Excellence
EDITED BY
ASHWINI SHARMA
ALOK BANSAL
YOGESHWARI PHATAK
CONTENTS INCLUDE: RAJ KISHORE SHARMA
Computer/Memory Types/Central Processor and Central Processing Unit
(CPU)/Operating Systems/Computer Generations/Information Systems/
Decision Support System/Enterprise Resource Planning/ Strategies and 2009 / 448 Pages / PB / Rs. 595
Optimization Models/Technical Foundation of Information Systems/ ISBN: 978-81-7446-759-1 / 71/4x91/2
Functional Information System/System Analysis/System Development Life
Cycle/Hospital Information System/Information Technology in Services Sector/
Database Management Systems/Internet - A Conceptual Approach/Electronic
Data Security/Access Database System/Media of Internet Service Provider: A
Survey/ MBA Examination Model Cases
Instructor Manual Available
2007 / 304 Pages / PB / Rs. 225
ISBN: 81-7446-521-9 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
71
information
technology
Foundation of
Operating Systems Foundations of IT
DHIRAJ SHARMA, Assistant Professor and Head,
(A Structural Approach Department of Management, Regional Institute of
with UNIX) Management & Technology, Gobindgarh City, Punjab.
D P SHARMA
The present book 'Foundations of I.T.' is designed for
computer and management students with no particular
background in Computers or Information Technology.
This book on Operating System is written considering the The book not only covers the basic and fundamentals of IT but deals also with
students pursuing the degree and postgraduate degree course advance concepts and structures comprehensively. The present book is useful both
in Computer Science, Engineering and System for IT and Business Management students in understanding the fundamentals,
Management, even for the students of Business applications and major roles IT play in various walks of life daily. Present text also
Management courses having electives as System focuses on the technological changes and trends that are revolutionizing the various
Management or part of the curriculum that necessitates knowledge areas under business management. The role and applications of
the basic knowledge of operating system. information technology in business has been extensively discussed in the present
book. Attempt has been made to follow 'non-technical' and 'simple-to-understand'
The discussion presented in the book is lucid and approach throughout the text. This book is useful for the students of IT, business
accompanied by a number of easily understandable management, commerce, computer science, engineering and in general as well. The
diagrammatic representations to make the topics clear for present text also serves as a course and text book particularly for the papers of
the freshers of the field. The algorithms are also used for Information Technology and Computer Fundamentals of MBA, BBA, MCA, BCA,
the concerned candidates whose course requirement is a B. Sc.(IT), PGDCA, M.Com etc. being run by various colleges and universities. In
little in-depth. Each diagram is sufficiently detailed to nutshell, present book is useful for everyone who is curious about Information
support fast and easy understanding by the readers. Each Technology and its role and applications.
chapter is accompanied with self-test exercises to test
progress of the readers. CONTENTS INCLUDE:
An Introduction to Information Technology/Fundamentals of a Computer/
The readers will definitely find it a self-explanatory text Number System and Boolean Algebra/Understanding Operating System/
with sufficient clarity that covers almost all the necessary Programming Languages/Programming Concepts /Database Management System/
parts of the operating system design and operation. Management Information System/DOS, Unix and Windows/Microsoft Windows
XP/MS Office: An Overview/Learning MS Word/Learning MS-Excel/Learning
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
MS PowerPoint/Learning MS Access/Networking and Networking Technology/
Overview of Operating System / Process Management
The Internet/E-Commerce/ E-Commerce Technologies and Emerging Issues/
Functions / Memory Management Functions / Device
Cyber Crimes, Viruses and Other Threats/The Information Technology Act,
Management Functions / Concurrent Programming /
2000/IT Terms
UNIX Operating System
Instructor Manual Available
2008 / 304 Pages / PB / Rs. 225
ISBN: 978-81-7446-626-6 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK 2008 / 492 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-589-4 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK

e-commerce e-World
A Manager’s Guide to e-Business Emerging Trends in Information
PARAG DIWAN, SUNIL SHARMA Technology
ARPITA GOPAL
The book has extensively covered the following topics: E-
CHANDRANI SINGH
Commerce and its benefits/Internet and Intranets/
Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)/Electronic Payment
Systems/Legal and Security Issues in E-Commerce/Value- This book on e-World brings forth the recent advents in
Aided Networks/Various other issues related to E- the field of technology that have transformed the way
Commerce Implementation. we live and work. The major areas that have been
discussed in this text are e-Commerce, e-Banking, e-Logistics, e-Governance, e-
The book has also covered various standards in E- Agriculture, e-Learning, e-Content Management, Biometrics, GIS/GPS, Knowledge
Commerce, e.g., Data Communication and Data Management, Embedded Systems, etc.
Translation. There are extensive illustrations on various
issues and E-Commerce models, which provide a direction CONTENTS INCLUDE:
e-Commerce / Customer Relationship Management / e-Banking / Content
in the process of universal E-Commerce. This book is a
Management and Dissemination / e-Logistics / e-Governance and e-Agriculture /
complete E-Commerce guide to a business Manager.
Knowledge Management / Geographic Information System/Geographic Positioning
System / Biometric Technologies / Embedded Systems
2000 / 380 Pages / PB / Rs. 220 2009 / 338 Pages / PB / Rs. 275
ISBN: 81-7446-203-1 / 51/2x81/2 TEXTBOOK TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-732-4 / 71/4x91/2
72
operations
management
Civil Aviation Logistics Management
a global perspective REJI ISMAIL, Professor, Farook Institute of
Management Studies,Calicut
RAJU G
MIHIR BABU G

The present book has been designed to be a new


generation logistics textbook as it is shorter and
precise in comparison with the other related books
that are lengthy and vague. This book has been
written to provide a textbook that exclusively deals with the topics of logistics
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
management.
Introduction / Aviation History / Growth of Civil Aviation
/ Aviation Technology / Manufacturers / Leading Players / The book covers the basics of warehousing, transportation, inventory,
Airline Alliances / Aviation Infrastructure / Leading Airports packaging, material handling, supply chain management, operations,
of the World / Human Resource in Aviation / Conclusion information technology, documentation, etc. Most books do not cover these
2009 / 176 Pages / PB / Rs. 295 topics in detail. This book makes the concepts, elements and activities, related
ISBN: 978-81-7446-727-0/ 71/4x91/2
to logistics, very simple and clear. The shipping industry has also been covered
in depth in it.
Principles of The book not only covers the basics but also provides essential material for
Airport Economics those students who are doing higher-level logistics courses. Upper level students
and industry practitioners can also use this book as reference. It contains a
wealth of definitions and explains a lot of terms, which are involved in the day-
P S SENGUTTUVAN
to-day operations of logistics management.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Objectives and Elements of Logistics / Marketing and Logistics / Integrated
Logistics / Supply Chain Relations / Customer Based Marketing /
Transportation / Multi-modal Transport / Containerisation / Incoterms /
Inland Container Depot / International Air Transport / Shipping Industry
CONTENTS INCLUDE: / Freight / Freight Structure and Practice / Warehousing / Material Handling
Economics in Aviation Studies / Aviation Industry and its
/ Packaging and Packing / Packing for Transportation and Marking / Inventory
Significance / Consumer Behaviour / Airport Operational
Management / Global Logistics / Information and Communication /
Economics / Economics of Airport Optimization / Economics
Documentation / Index
of Congestions and Delays / Airport Slot Mechanism /
Airport Market and Competition / Airport Planning System
/ Airport Financial Economics / Airport Pricing Strategy / Instructor Manual Available
ICAO – Guidelines in Airport & Air Navigational Services 2008 / 350 Pages / PB / Rs. 250
Pricing / Airport Performance System / Regulation and ISBN: 978-81-7446-627-3/ 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Competition: International Practices – Civil Aviation
Industry / Airport Competition and Regulation: Case Studies
/ Airport Privatization / Airport Services in Global Trade
Materials Management
2007 / 462 Pages / PB / Rs. 895 RAJENDRA MISHRA, Visiting Faculty,
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-523-5 / 71/4x91/2 Indian Institute of Management, Lucknow

Operation Research
Decision Model Approach
S JAISANKAR CONTENTS INCLUDE:
PART - I / Materials Management - An Overview / Inventory Systems for
CONTENTS INCLUDE: Independent Demand Items / Inventory Systems for Dependent Demand
Linear Programming: Formulation and Graphical Method / Items / Enterprise Resource Planning / PART - II / Purchase Cycle,
Linear Programming: Analytical Methods / Transportation Standardization and Outsourcing / Purchase Specification / Supplier Selection
Model / Assignment Model / Network Analysis PERT- / Ordering / Purchase Strategies / Understanding Price / Negotiation /
CPM / Sequencing / Replacement Models / Queuing Theory Supplier Management - Buyer-Supplier Relation, Evaluation and
/ Game Theory / Simulation Development / PART - III / Logistics / Appendices / Index

2007 / 282 Pages / PB / Rs. 225


ISBN: 81-7446-514-6 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
73
operations
management
Fundamentals of Air Exploring the
Transport Management Supply Chain
P S SENGUTTUVAN, Airport Authority of India theory and practice
UPENDRA KACHRU

Supply Chain Management (SCM)


is a revolutionary way of looking at
the processes involved in buying.
CONTENTS INCLUDE: This book elaborates the basic concepts of Supply Chain
Transportation/Aviation Growth and Development/Aircraft Manufacturers Management and provides a comprehensive coverage of the
- Airbus Industrie & The Boeing Company/Economy and Aviation/Aviation methodology and key strategic drivers in the different processes
Management Structure/International Aviation Principal Management/ involved in operating and designing a Supply Chain.
Aviation Supporting Organization/State Regulatory Aviation Management -
The book explains the evolution of Supply Chain Management,
US, UK and India/Liberalization, Privatization and Globalization in Civil
its concept and philosophy. It also looks at the different elements
Aviation Industry/Naresh Chandra Committee Report - Road Map for the
that go into the design of the Supply Chain and the purchasing
Civil Aviation Sector (New National Civil Aviation Policy 2003)
functions from the supply chain perspective. The book not
2005 / 242 Pages / PB / Rs. 450 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-459-X / 71/4x91/2 only deals with the planning function of SCM, it also covers
the fundamental concepts of forecasting and demand
management, planning and control, including the aggregate
Total Quality Management plan, the different types of inventory models and their
An Integrated Approach classification, work-in-progress and finished goods inventory
SHAILENDRA NIGAM and quality as a new and major component of Supply Chain
Management.
Information plays a critical part in properly designed supply
chains. Therefore, a whole chapter is dedicated to discuss the
This book has been written with the premise that functionality of information in supply chains. It describes the
no organisation can survive in an increasingly principles behind generating ‘Supply Chain Information’ as
competitive business environment unless its primary well as the different architectures of supply chain information
focus is on offering quality products and services. Aimed at making the reader apart from covering the fundamentals of e-Business. Different
aware of the present scenario of quality management process in India, it presents aspects and modes of transportation in India, containerization,
an opportunity to Learn the basic principles and tools of total quality impact of globalization on logistics, warehouse designs,
management through practical experiences of Indian companies. materials handling systems and warehousing strategies are the
other important topics that have been discussed in the book.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
PART I Introduction / Understanding Quality / Quality Philosophies / The book not only begins with the bull-whip effect, it also
Introducing Total Quality Management – Concepts and Principles / Problem ends with it. The last chapter discusses supply chain coordination
Solving and Continuous Improvement / PART II Managerial Perspective to problems and solutions to these problems. This book is not an
TQM / Organisational Management System – Reengineering / Human academic treatise, though it provides the most comprehensive
Resource Management System / PART III Methods, Tools and coverage of the different facets of supply chain management.
Techniques / Statistical Tools / TQ through Quality Circles / Total Quality An important feature of this book is that its text is supported
through Japanese 5-S / TQ through QMS / Total Quality through Cost of by some outstanding case studies developed by the faculty of
Quality / Total Quality through Benchmarking / International Awards / the Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad.
Case Studies / Index
2005 / 418 Pages / PB / Rs. 330
ISBN: 81-7446-419-0 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Supply Chain and the Materials Function / Supply Chain
Management Basics / Supply Chain Relationships / Supply
Glossary of Purchasing and Chain Design / Purchasing Basics / Purchasing and Supplier
Sourcing / Demand Planning and Forecasting / Aggregate
Materials Management Planning and Inventory Management / Inventory Models /
COMPILED BY Work-in-Progress and Finished Goods Inventory / Supply
M K BHARDWAJ, Indian Institute of Materials Management, New Delhi Chain Quality / Information Visibility in Supply Chains /
Transportation in Supply Chains / Warehouse Management
and Operations / Location and Networking / Supply Chain
2001 / 244 Pages / PB / Rs. 150
ISBN: 81-7446-258-9 / 51/2x81/2
Coordination and Performance
Instructor Manual Available
2009 / 728 Pages / PB / Rs. 375
ISBN: 978-81-7446-734-8 / 71/4x11 TEXTBOOK
74
operations
management
Production and Operations Inventory Management
Management Principles and Practices
Text and Cases P NARAYAN
JAYA SUBRAMANIAN
UPENDRA KACHRU, Professor, IILM
Institute for Higher Education, Gurgaon

This book takes a pedagogical approach that is participative and The book Inventory Management – Principles and Practices explains
interactive, involving the case study method of learning. Chapters start all the fundamental principles of Inventory Management. It starts with
with an Indian case study of a well known company. This is used as a a definition of Inventory, why it is needed as well as not needed, what
capstone case for the chapter. The student will find this an easy learning is it’s impact on a business, how do we classify them for ease of control
experience as data and additional information for these enterprises is and what are the various techniques of inventory control.
readily available. The selection of such cases makes classroom learning Inventory is an outcome of procurement. So obviously, while studying
truly suited to the Indian business environment. inventories, the logic behind it’s procurement should be studied. Hence
Unlike many Production and Operations Management texts, this book chapters on Manufacturing Resources Planning have been added. Just-
covers E-commerce, Industrial Safety, Maintenance, Environmental in-trime principles and TQM are some more methods of achieving a
Management (Green Productivity) and new technological trends in world-class manufacturing, so they have also been included here.
the discipline. These sections should add to the significance of exploring In the present day scenario, all activities are being computerized. So
how firms can gain competitive advantage and promote sustainable lessons on e-commerce as well as all the latest technologies that are
development at the same time. affecting Inventory Management have been included. Chapters have
The last section of the book comprises of a selection of cases from The been included on methods to handle specific classes of inventories such
Indian Institute of Management at Ahmedabad. The cases encompass as spare parts inventory, finished goods inventory, work-in-process
the entire spectrum of Indian Industry— the private and the public inventory, surplus, obsolete and non-moving inventory, etc. Logistics
sectors, professional and family managed business organizations, service and supply chain management defines the path a material takes in it’s
and manufacturing industries, single industry and conglomerates. The life through a company. So it was essential to include a chapter on it
cases relate to Operations Strategy, Supply Chain Management, also.
Capacity Planning, New Products, Manufacturing Technologies, etc. Keeping in mind the syllabus prescribed in the various universities on
The Case Studies are of world class. Prof. Tirupati, one of the authors this subject, the chapters have been designed accordingly. A chapter
of the case studies, according to Management Science, has penned one has also been included on some motivational thoughts outlining some
of the top 100 management articles in the 50 years. principles which would help us to become successful in life. The principles
The book is comprehensive, lucid and easy to read and understand. It outlined here are universal, applicable to any situation, organization or
should be of great value both to students and faculty. country.
There has been no separate book on ‘Inventory Management’ and it
CONTENTS INCLUDE: has been felt by the student community that there should be a book on
OM Basics / Product and Product Design / Supplement to Chapter this subject. We shall be very grateful to the reader of this book to give
2: Economic Evaluation / Process Selection and Design / Capacity their valuable suggestions to add further value to the book.
Design and Planning / Supplement to Chapter 4: Linear
Programming / Facility Planning and Layout / Supplement to Chapter CONTENTS INCLUDE:
5: Transportation Problem / Forecasting Techniques / Managing for Need For Inventory Management/Costs Associated With Inventories/
Quality / Supplement to Chapter 7: Six Sigma and Statistical Quality Classification of Inventories/Inventory Control Techniques - 1/
Control / Aggregate Planning / Supplement to Chapter 8: Waiting Inventory Control Techniques – 2/Forecasting/Materials Requirement
Line Models / The Supply Chain / Supplement to Chapter 9: Planning/Manufacturing Resource Planning – II/JIT/Total Quality
Inventory and Inventory Models / MRP and Operations Scheduling Management (TQM)/Surplus , Obsolete & Non-moving Inventory/
/ Supplement to Chapter 10: Transportation Problem / Productivity, Work In Process (WIP) Inventory/Finished Goods Inventories/
Work Analysis and Job Design / Lean Manufacturing / Project Spares Parts Inventory Management/Logistics And Supply Chain
Management / Maintenance and Safety / Strategy and Operations Management/Vendor Managed Inventory (VMI)/Stores Management
Strategy / Globalization and Operations / Case / Index /Introduction To E-commerce/Some Motivation Thoughts

Instructor Manual Available Instructor Manual Available


2006 / 828 Pages / PB / Rs. 385 2008 / 228 Pages / PB / Rs. 200 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-506-5 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK ISBN: 978-81-7446-591-7 / 71/4x91/2

75
law

third edition second edition

Business Law Company Law


S S GULSHAN, Former Principal, College of S S GULSHAN, Former Principal,
Business Studies, Delhi University College of Business Studies,
Delhi University

With his considerable teaching and training


experience in the field of Legal Aspects of Some of the special features of this book are:
Business, Dr Gulshan has made a proper (i) In order to enable the readers know
assimilation of legal implications of provisions their progress in understanding the
of the more important Acts on business strategies in this book. The text subject, a number of exercises are included under the heading ‘Check
book provides not just a mere theoretical exposition of different Acts, Your Progress’.
rather, it shows how the practical side of 'Business Law' operates. At the (ii) The following matter has been provided through appendices:
end of every chapter, a part entitled 'Gaining Practical Experience' has (a) Company Law in a computerized environment (E- governance
been included for the guidance of both the present and the future managers. and E-filing)
The book is a unique presentation of the theory as well as the practice of (b) Corporate governance
'Business Law'. The book in its present format will prove more useful to the students and
CONTENTS INCLUDE: others.
Business and its Environment/Meaning and Nature of Law/Law of CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Contract/Contracts of Guarantee and Indemnity/Contracts of Bailment Nature, Extent and Administration of the Companies Act, 1956
and Pledge/Contract of Agency/Law of Partnership/Law of Sale of Goods/ / The Company: Its Meaning and Nature / Classification of
Law of Negotiable Instruments/The Consumer Protection Act, 1986/ Companies / Formation of a Company / Contracts /
The Competition Act, 2002/The Foreign Exchange Management Act, Memorandum of Association / Articles of Association / Share and
1999/Elements of Company Law/The Information Technology Act, Share Capital / Prospectus / Public Deposits / Allotment of Shares
2000/The Patents Act, 1970/The Copyright Act, 1957 / Membership / Calls on Shares / Transfer and Transmission of
Instructor Manual Available Shares / Investments, Loans, Borrowings and Debentures /
Accounts and Audit / Divisible Profits and Dividends / General
2006 / 740 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
ISBN: 81-7446-482-4 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK Meetings and Proceedings / Inspection and Investigation /
Management of a Company-1 / Management of a Company-2 /
third edition Company Secretary / Sole Selling and Buying Agents / Books,
Returns and Reports / Prevention of Oppression and
Mercantile Law Mismanagement / Compromises, Arrangements, Reconstruction
S S GULSHAN, Former Principal, College of and Amalgamation / Winding up of Companies / Miscellaneous
Business Studies, Delhi University Provisions / Service of Documents and their Authentication / The
Depositories Act, 1996
2008 / 596 Pages / PB / Rs. 280 TEXTBOOK
With his considerable amount of teaching and ISBN: 978-81-7446-636-5 / 71/4x91/2
training experience in the field of legal aspects
of business, Professor Gulshan has made, in Case Laws on Industrial
this book, proper assimilation of legal
implications of provisions of the more important Acts on business strategies. Relations
The work is not just a theoretical exposition of different Acts, rather it issues and implications
shows how the practical side of ‘business law’ operates. At the end of every L MISHRA
chapter, a part entitled ‘Gaining Practical Experience’ has been included
for the guidance of both the present and the future manager. It would be
obvious from the brief contents that the book is a unique presentation,
since it deals with both theory and practice of ‘business law’.
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Business and its Environment / Meaning and Nature of Law / Law of CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Contract / Law of Torts / Contracts of Guarantee and Indemnity / Discipline in Industry/Apprentices Act, 1961/Industrial Disputes
Contracts of Bailment and Pledge / Contract of Agency / Law of Act, 1947/Trade Unions Act, 1926/Social Security—Workmens'
Partnership / Law of Sale of Goods / Law of Negotiable Instruments / Compensation Act, 1923/Social Security—Employees State
Law of Carriage of Goods / The Consumer Protection Act, 1986 / The Insurance Act, 1948/Social Security—Employees Provident Fund
Competition Act, 2002 / Elements of Company Law / The Foreign and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952/Social Security—Payment
Exchange Management Act, 1999 / The Information Technology Act, of Gratuity Act, 1972/Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition)
2000 / Law of Insurance / Law of Insolvency / Law of Arbitration and Act, 1970/Wages—Payment of Wages Act, 1936/Wages—
Conciliation Minimum Wages Act, 1948/Wages—Payment of Bonus Act,
Instructor Manual Available 1965/Miscellaneous
2007 / 850 Pages / PB / Rs. 320 2006 / 434 Pages / PB / Rs. 375
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-561-8 / 71/4x91/2 ISBN: 81-7446-472-7 / 71/4x91/2
76
law

Industrial Labour Laws for Managers


Relations and B D SINGH, Professor, Human Resource Management, IMT,
Ghaziabad
Labour Laws
B D SINGH
The book is a product of the heart-felt needs of the managers-
in-making (the students of management schools) and young
managers practicing in industries. The existing books on labor
laws are either too voluminous / complex for easy
comprehension of students or too sketchy to meet their
requirements. This book avoids both and provides a simple, exhaustive and comprehensive
Existing books on Labour Laws are either too technical reading.
or too cumbersome with plethora of case laws or too
brief and too sketchy that they hardly convey anything. The book contains the evolution of labor law, and its long, arduous journey and the
The result is that students get confused and develop challenges it is a encountering in today’s changing business scenario. It discuss the
dislike for the subject. required amendments to be made to make them business friendly. The book also contains
the latest High Court and Supreme Court judgments to make it up-to-date and relevant.
Considering the above difficulties, this book has been
written in simple and non-legal language. First few Attempt has been made to provide a glimpse of pertinent labor legislations in Far East
chapters provide the right ambience and correct Asian countries like China, Malaysia and Singapore etc.
background to make the students understand the need CONTENTS INCLUDE:
of different labour laws. The concluding chapter deals Background/Regulative Legislation/Protective Legislation/Wage Legislation/Social
with the need for review, revision of existing laws and Security Legislations/Miscellaneous Legislation/Emerging Trends in Labour Legislation/
reinvention of new laws to meet the future Labour Laws in China (in original)
requirements. The book contains a detailed Instructor Manual Available
background about each law explaining the genesis for 2007 / 468 Pages / PB / Rs. 300
the enactment of that law. ISBN: 81-7446-547-2 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Taking advantage from his wide experience as


practicing manager and teacher of labour laws, the Business Law
author has added some topics which are not laws per for B.Com.
se but their knowledge and understanding is much S S GULSHAN, Former Principal, College of Business Studies,
more important than the proper laws. For instance, Delhi University
laws relating to Management of Discipline, Principles
of Natural Justice, Supreme Court Instructions on
Management of Sexual Harassment, etc. The book
Understanding of laws which govern the business system is of
also gives some glimpses of important provisions of
paramount importance for the students of business. Therefore,
prevailing labour laws in South-Asian countries
the study of law is included in the syllabi of management
including labour laws of China.
institutions. This book has been prepared with a conscious effort to meet in full measure
Only important labour laws have been discussed in the requirements of not only the students but also for the working managers.
the book, each one updated with latest amendment
The book offers a working account of appropriate business laws. Also, it provides
and with latest Supreme Court judgements. The book
in-depth analysis supplemented by practical observations and numerous examples in the
will surely go in long way to meet the expectations of
problematic areas. The emphasis all through is on clarity and the way the law operates on
students and managers.
a day-to-day basis for business. Extensive case laws have been carefully presented and
CONTENTS INCLUDE: analysed with quotations from frequently cited judgements.
PART-I Background to Industrial Relations /
The book aims at providing complete clarity for the beginner, and such simplicity of
Evolution of Industrial Relations in India /
Changing Profiles of Major Stakeholders of
exposition which makes the text practically self-teaching. Further, the textual material is
Industrial Relations in India / Management of concise and to the point, providing essential information.
Conflict in Industry / Case Studies / PART-II
CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Background of Labour Legislations / Regulative
Law of Contract / Contracts of Guarantee and Indemnity / Contract of Bailment /
Legislations / Protective Legislations / Wage
Contract of Agency / Law of Partnership / Law of Sale of Goods / Law of Negotiable
Legislations / Social Security Legislations /
Instruments / Law of Information Technology
Miscellaneous Legislations / Emerging Trends
in Labour Legislations

Instructor Manual Available 2008 / 374 Pages / PB / Rs. 200


ISBN: 978-81-7446-689-1 / 61/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
2008 / 560 Pages / PB / Rs. 300
ISBN: 978-81-7446-620-4 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

77
law mathematics/
statistics
Intellectual Property Quantitative Methods in
Rights Management
text and cases Problems and Solutions
DR. R RADHAKRISHNAN, Vice R SELVARAJ
Chancellor, Anna University,
Coimbatore
DR. S. BALASUBRAMANIAN, Director,
Centre for Intellectual Property Rights,
Anna University, Coimbatore

This book covers the following basic aspects of IPR with the The book provides a strong foundation in Quantitative Methods for
merits and demerits of the evolving global economic intellectual management students who come from different disciplines. It has been
property regimes. designed according to the latest syllabi of the Bharathiar University and
Anna University. The book is prepared with utmost care and rules out the
FEATURES:
necessity of referring any other book as it is self-contained. This book will
Coverage of all IP rights, Patents, Design, Copyrights, surely prove to be a good reference book for both the students and teachers.
Trademark, Geographical indication and IC Layout
Brief introduction of the emerging Cyber law in the wired Highlights of the book:
century This book is student-friendly
Chapter objectives and review questions for better No need to refer any other book
understanding Covers all the chapters specified in the syllabus
Detailed discussion on the difference of software programme Enough examples are given under each chapter
source codes from other traditional creation rights A good number of exercise problems with answers to practice
Basic overview of some of the legal aspects of the IPR audit Simple and clear steps in arriving the answers
Role of Patent Management in activities of enterprises Latest five years question papers of Bharathiar and Anna University are
solved and annexed at the end of the book
CONTENTS INCLUDE: Written in simple language so that students of all level can understand.
Fundamentals of IPR / Patents / Trademarks / Copyright /
Industrial Designs / Geographical Indication / Trade Secret / CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Software Copyright / IPR in International Scenario / Cyberlaw Functions / Mathematics of Finance / Differentiation / Integration /
/ Patent Management / Audit Procedures Measures of Central Tendency / Measures of Dispersion / Correlation
and Regression / Index Numbers and Time Series / Testing of Hypothesis
/ Theoretical Distribution
2008 / 332 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
ISBN: 978-81-7446-609-9 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK 2008 / 444 Pages / PB / Rs. 275
ISBN: 978-81-7446-630-3 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK

Research Methodology for


Business and Corporate
Management and Social
Laws
C L BANSAL, Management Development
Sciences
Institute, Gurgaon ADITHAM BHUJANGA RAO

CONTENTS INCLUDE:
This book has described the following categories of business laws Introduction / Hypothesis and Research Design / Research Methods
in a simple language: and Research Methodology / Collection of Data / Measurement and
The Contract Act, 1872 / The law relating to special contracts Scaling Techniques / Sampling Techniques / Processing and Analysing
viz., indemnity and guarantee; bailment and pledge; and agency / of Data / Testing of Hypothesis: Parametric Tests / Testing of Hypothesis:
The Partnership Act, 1932 / The Sale of Goods Act, 1930 / The Non-parametric Tests / Analysis of Variance / Interpretation of Data /
Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 / The Companies Act, 1956 / Research Report Writing / Use of Computer in Research / Statistical
The Depositories Act, 1996 / The Consumer Protection Act, 1986 Formulae and Notes
/Intellectual Property Laws relating to patents, copyrights and The book will be extremely helpful to study the fundamentals of Research
trade marks. Methodology.

2006 / 848 Pages / PB / Rs. 365 2008 / 342 Pages / PB / Rs. 225
TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 81-7446-473-5 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK ISBN: 978-81-7446-612-9 / 71/4x91/2
78
mathematics/
statistics
Research Methods in third edition

Business Business Research


R NANDAGOPAL, Director, PSG Institute Methods
of Management, PSG College of
S N MURTHY, Professor, Department of
Technology.
Management Science, RNSIT, Bangalore
K ARUN RAJAN, Senior Lecturer, PSG
U BHOJANNA, HOD, Department of
Institute of Management.
Management Science, RNSIT, Bangalore
N VIVEK, Lecturer, PSG Institute of
Management

CONTENTS INCLUDE: Research is the all pervasive key and the brain for decision-making in any
Introduction to Business Research / Research Process / Scaling organization. The students of today are the future decision-makers of
Techniques / Data Files and Coding Data / Starting SPSS / Indian industry. When these students join the corporate world, they need
Frequency Distribution and Descriptive Statistics Using SPSS / to know the methodology to be adopted to conduct research, in terms of
Manipulating the Data / Cross-Tabulations Using SPSS / Using gathering data, interpretation and report-writing and also the use of
SPSS to Perform 't' Test / One Way ANOVA Using SPSS / statistical techniques. This book aims at covering various aspects of Business
Correlation Using SPSS / Using SPSS to Perform Chi-Square / Research, such as problem formulation, data gathering, analysing,
Simple Regression Analysis / 2-Way and 3-Way ANOVA / Cluster interpretation of data, report-writing, use of statistical methods, etc. In
Analysis / Conjoint Analysis / Discriminant Analysis / Factor this book, the subject-matter of Business Research is included at macro
Analysis / Multi-Dimensional Scaling / Non-Parametric Tests
and also at a micro level.
2007 / 208 Pages / PB / Rs. 245 Special features of this book are:
ISBN: 81-7446-528-6 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
It is written in an easy to understand manner.
Probability and To give the knowledge of tools and skills necessary to solve business
Combinatorics problems.

D P APTE, Professor and Director, MIT To help the students apply research techniques in a changing marketing
School of Management, Pune environment.
The book is divided into 25 chapters and the research techniques and
processes are well explained with illustrations.
This book covers a selection of topics CONTENTS INCLUDE:
on combinatorics, probability and Research Methodology and Market Research / Scientific Method in
discrete mathematics useful to the Research / Organisation of Marketing Research / Research Process /
students of MCA, MBA, computer science and applied mathematics. Research Problem Formulation / Research Design / Causal Research /
The book uses a different approach in explaining these subjects, so Secondary Data / Literature Review / Primary Data / Qualitative
as to be equally suitable for the students with different backgrounds Techniques of Data Collection / Sampling / Attitude Measurement and
from commerce to computer engineering. This book not only Scaling Techniques / Data Processing and Interpretation / Statistical
explains the concepts and provides variety of solved problems, but Analysis of Business Research / Markov Process / Hypothesis Testing /
also helps students to develop insight and perception, to formulate Time Series Analysis / Decision Theory / Research Report / Ethical
and solve mathematical problems in a creative way. The book Issues in Business Research / Market Information System / Role of
includes topics in combinatorics like advance principles of counting, Computers and Recent Trends in Business Research / Application of
combinatorial identities, concept of probability, random variables Marketing Research / Guidelines for Project Work / Case Studies in
and their probability distributions, discrete and continuous standard Indian Context
distributions and jointly random variables, recurrence relations and Instructor Manual Available
generating functions. 2010/ 512 Pages / PB / Rs. 340 TEXTBOOK
ISBN: 978-81-7446-820-8 / 71/4x91/2
This book completely covers MCA syllabus of Pune University and
will also be suitable for undergraduate science courses like B.Sc. as
well as management courses.
Mathematics and Statistics for Business
CONTENTS INCLUDE: R S BHARDWAJ
Combinatorics I/Combinatorics II/Combinatorial Identities/
Probability/Random variables/Standard Discrete Probability CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Distributions/Standard Continuous Probability Distributions/ Part A: Businss Mathematics / Analytical Geometry / Functions and their
Jointly Distributed Random Variables/Advanced Counting Graphs / Limits and Continuity / The Derivative / The Maxima and
Techniques/ Generating Functions Minima / Integration / Mathematics of Finance / Part B: Businss Statistics
/ Introduction / Measures of Central Tendency / Measures of Dispersion
2007 / 490 Pages / PB / Rs. 325 / Correlation / Regression Analysis / Index Numbers / Analysis of Time
ISBN: 81-7446-520-0 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
Series
79
mathematics/
statistics
Statistical second edition

Tools for Mathematics for Economics


Managers and Business
R S BHARDWAJ, Reader, Department of Economics, Shivaji
Using MS EXCEL College, Delhi University
D P APTE, Professor and
Director, MIT School of
Management, Pune,
India, and Mentor, MIT
School of Business and
MIT School of CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Government Analytical Geometry/Matrix Algebra/Sets, Functions, Sequence and Series/The
Derivative/The Maxima and Minima/Functions of more than One Variable and Their
Derivatives/Maxima, Minima of Functions of more than one Variable/Integration/
This book covers the topics on probability and statistics
Mathematics of Finance/Linear Programming
mostly used for managerial decision making. The book
uses a practical approach in explaining these subjects, 2005 / 570 Pages / PB / Rs. 240
ISBN: 81-7446-450-6 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
so as to be equally suitable for the students with
different backgrounds from commerce to computer
engineering. This book not only explains the concepts second edition
but also provides a variety of solved problems that are
necessary while preparing for the examinations. This
Business Statistics
would help the students to develop insight and interest R S BHARDWAJ, Reader, Department of Economics, Shivaji
in solving problems using MS Excel. The book would College, Delhi University
prove to be beneficial for the students to use statistical
tools during their work life to solve complex real life
managerial decision making situations.
MS Excel is selected as a computer resource because it
is practically available with every manager. Other more
powerful statistical packages may not be accessible to This book is designed to meet the requirements of the students of BA (Hons) Economics,
all the managers at field level or working in smaller BCom (Hons), MA Economics and MCom courses of various Indian Universities. In
corporates. The book includes topics in sampling, data addition, the students of professional courses like CA, ICWA and Management will also
processing, random variables, probability and sampling find this book very useful.
distributions, estimation, testing of hypothesis, tests
of significance, curve fitting, correlation, regression and The aim of this book is to expose the statistical concepts in a simple and lucid manner
ANOVA. The syllabi of most of the universities for so that the readers face no difficulty in understanding and interpreting them.
MBA, MCA, Commerce, and Science courses are In order to demonstrate the use of statistical techniques in various areas of Economics
covered under the topics of this book. It would also and Management, a large number of examples have been included in the text. An
provide a suitable reference for all management, additional feature of the book is the ‘Exercises with Hints’ given at the end of each
engineering, science and commerce students. important topic.
CONTENTS INCLUDE: CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Statistics and Decision-making / Collection, Introduction / Functions, Importance, Limitations and Distrust of Statistics / Statistical
Processing and Presentation of Data / Measure of Investigation / Census and Sample Investigation / Collection, Editing and Analytical
Central Tendency / Measures of Variability, Tools of Data / Classification and Tabulation of Data / Diagrammatic Presentation /
Skewness and Kurtosis / Fundamentals of Graphic Presentation / Measures of Central Tendency / Measures of Dispersion / Moments,
Probability / Random Variables and Probability Skewness and Kurtosis / Correlation / Regression Analysis / Index Numbers / Analysis
Distributions / Sampling Design and Theory of of Time Series / Theory of Attributes / Probability / Probability Distribution of a
Sampling / Estimation for Decision-making / Basic Random Variable and Decision Analysis / Theoretical Probability Distributions / Sampling
Concepts of Hypotheses Testing / Test of Distributions / Statistical Inference / Analysis of Variance / Multiple Linear Regression /
Hypothesis: Testing for Population Parameters / Statistical Quality Control / Non-parametric Tests of Hypothesis / Appendix
Hypothesis Testing: The comparison of Two
Populations / Correlation and Association /
Regression / Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) / 2008 / 774 Pages / PB / Rs. 295
Appendices ISBN: 978-81-7446-679-2 / 71/4x91/2
TEXTBOOK

Instructor Manual Available


2009 / 700 Pages / PB / Rs. 375
ISBN: 978-81-7446-697-6 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
80
mathematics/
statistics
Quantitative second edition
Techniques Research Methodology
D K BHATTACHARYYA, IISWBM, Kolkata
for
Management
Computer based For defining research problems and finding their appropriate
problem solving solutions, you need to follow a structured approach. A logical
S JAISANKAR, series of steps need to be performed right from selecting a topic
PSG Institute of of research to report writing. Every finding needs to be
Management, strengthened by arguments, which are adequately substantiated by data. Research in
Coimbatore management areas needs massive experimentation and data support. Management research
requires more theoretical rigours and practical insights. However, not much of the available
This book has been developed with a focus on reading material provides extensive focus on management research. Yet students are required
the need to demystify the subject and make it to comprehend the nitty-gritty of doing research - right from developing their project reports
easy for students to grasp the principles and details to final dissertation, as part of their core curriculum.
involved, and make it easily understandable to This book is well equipped with fundamentals of research and research designs. Written in a
beginners exposed to the subject for the first time. simple language, it covers all facets of management areas with details of statistical tools
An attempt has been made to explain things in a required for analysis in a research work. Many practical examples and tips for management
logical progression, in the simplest possible way researchers strengthen the content of this book. It is an essential reading for management
so that neophytes may quickly grasp the concepts students as well as for those who are aspiring to do their doctoral work in management. It
and methodology. A novel approach in the book conforms to the core syllabus of all universities and institutes.
is the illustrative use of computers with TORA
package, as a problem-solving tool. CONTENTS INCLUDE:
BLOCK 1: INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH METHODOLOGY/Research
The chapters are arranged so as to progressively Fundamentals and Terminology/Importance of Research in Management Decisions/
explain the workings of various models in actual Defining Research Problems and Formulation of Hypothesis/Research Design/BLOCK
practice through step-by-step procedures that 2: METHODS AND TECHNIQUES OF DATA COLLECTION/Methods and
so simplify and solve them, that even students Techniques of Data Collection/Sampling and Sampling Distribution/Attitude Measurement
from a non-mathematics academic background and Scales/BLOCK 3: DATA PRESENTATION AND ANALYSIS/Data Preparation and
will grasp them quickly. Linear programming, Preliminary Analysis/Statistical Analysis and Interpretation of Data:Non-parametic Tests/
the most powerful tool for managerial decision- Multivariate Analysis of Data/Model Building and Decision Making/BLOCK 4: REPORT
making is covered elaborately, including thorough WRITING AND PRESENTATION/Writing and Formatting of Reports/Additional
discussion of various LP methods and LP Statistics in Research/Statistical Tests in Management Research/BLOCK 5: ADVANCED
solutions, Duality in LP problems, sensitivity RESEARCH METHODOLOGY/Factor Analysis/Computer Aided Research
analysis, etc. Models in the book also use Linear Instructor Manual Available
Programming to reach solutions including those
2006 / 414 Pages / PB / Rs. 295 TEXTBOOK
relating to transportation and transshipment, ISBN: 81-7446-497-2 / 71/4x91/2
assignment, and Game Theory…illustrated with
screen-shots of a computer with a TORA package. strategic
management
Readers – whether students, business executives,
managers, researchers and academicians – will
find that the insights and knowledge obtained
from the book will stand them in good stead in Business Process Outsourcing for
both academic as well as occupational pursuits. Strategic Advantage
CONTENTS INCLUDE: K B C SAXENA, Professor, MDI, Gurgaon
Linear Programming: Formulation and SANGEETA SHAH BHARADWAJ, Associate Professor, MDI,
Graphical Method / Linear Programming: Gurgaon
Simplex Method / Transportation Model /
Assignment Model / Network Analysis
PERT-CPM / Sequencing / Replacement
Models / Queuing Theory / Game Theory /
Simulation / Appendix 2007 / 180 Pages / PB / Rs. 395
ISBN: 81-7446-532-4 / 61/4x91/2

Instructor Manual Available Extremely Short Cases on Strategic Management


AJIT PRASAD, IMI, Delhi
2005 / 318 Pages / PB / Rs. 275
TEXTBOOK 2001 / 122 Pages / PB / Rs. 150
ISBN: 81-7446-457-3 / 71/4x91/2
ISBN: 81-7446-242-2 / 71/4x91/2
81
strategic
management
Recipient of ISTD-ONGC Book Award Strategic Management
2004-2005 Text and Cases
V S P RAO
Strategic Management V HARI KRISHNA
concepts and cases
Designed to facilitate understanding and
UPENDRA KACHRU, Professor, IILM, retention of the material presented, the book
Gurgaon contains the following features:
Opening Case: Each chapter begins with
an opening case highlighting strategies
The nuances of strategic management are
and actions followed by Indian companies.
examined in great depth in this book,
which includes a supplement that unfolds Real World Examples: Each chapter contains a number of real-
the historical process and growth of world examples illustrating how a particular firm has exploited the
strategic thinking in India. This book is unique and original in the gaps present in the environment, using its own resources to best
advantage.
way it has been organized and the material that has gone into it. The
theoretical concepts included are the state-of-the-art positions on Personality Profiles: Personality sketches of leading corporate heroes
the subject, and the text has thus been divided into four Parts. have also been provided at appropriate places, illustrating the manner
in which they fought against heavy odds and emerged as winners in
Ten world class studies of Indian companies, from India's premier B- the end.
school, IIM Ahmedabad, authored by the best teachers in the country Research Inputs: The book provides a comprehensive coverage of a
including the legendary Prof CK Prahalad himself are included. vast, growing subject — well-supported by a wealth of research
CONTENTS INCLUDE: data collected from multifarious sources.
Basic Concepts / Basic Concepts / Strategic Intent / Generic Concluding Case: Each chapter contains a thoroughly researched
Tools of Analysis / Strategic Analysis / Strategic Analysis—The and widely-acclaimed case, picked up from Business Today.
Business Environment / The Internal Environment / Tools for CONTENTS INCLUDE:
Strategic Analysis / Strategic Choice / Strategic Choice—Grand Introduction / Strategic Planning and Strategic Management / The
Strategies / Competitive Strategies—Business Unit Strategy / Strategy Strategic Management Process / Strategic Intent: Vision, Mission and
Evaluation and Selection / Strategy Implementation / Objectives / Environmental and Resources Analysis / Environmental
Implementation: Structure and Culture / Resource Allocation, Analysis / Industry Analysis / Competitive Analysis / Internal Analysis
Evaluation and Control / Governance and Change / Case Studies / Strategy Formulation and Choice / Corporate Level Strategy /
Includes case material of IIM, Ahmedabad Acquisition, Restructuring and Cooperative Strategies / Global Strategy
/ Business Level Strategy / Strategic Analysis and Choice / Strategy
Instructor Manual Available Implementation and Functional Strategies / Strategy Implementation:
2005 / 804 Pages / PB / Rs. 310 Structural Issues / Behavioural Issues in Strategy Implementation /
ISBN: 81-7446-424-7 / 81/4x11 TEXTBOOK
Operational Strategy / Financial Strategy / Marketing Strategy / Human
Strategic Management Resource Strategy / Strategic Leadership and Control / Strategic
Leadership / Strategy Evaluation and Control / Strategy and Technology
and Business Policy Management / Designing a Technology Strategy / Technology
Forecasting and R&D Strategies / Strategies for Acquisition and
text and cases Absorption of Technology / Emerging Issues / Social Audit / Index
C APPA RAO Instructor Manual Available
B PARVATHISWARA RAO 2003 / 710 Pages / 71/4x91/2
HB / ISBN: 81-7446-347-X / Rs. 695
K SIVARAMAKRISHNA PB / ISBN: 81-7446-346-1 / Rs. 325 TEXTBOOK

Strategic Management and


This book presents the fundamental concepts of Strategic
Business Policy
Management with current examples and illustrations in simple, lucid NITIN BALWANI
and student-friendly manner. The main feature of this book is a
comprehensive coverage of popular analytical frameworks, such as:
SWOT Analysis / Porter's Five Forces Model / Ansoff's Product/Market
Grid / Value Chain Analysis / BCG Matrix
The book is very useful for the courses, such as, MBA, PGDBA, BBA,
BBM and other professional programmes at graduate and postgraduate CONTENTS INCLUDE:
level. Introduction to Strategic Management/Understanding External
2008 / 628 Pages / PB / Rs. 295 Environment/Understanding Internal Environment/Establishing
ISBN: 978-81-7446-668-6 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK Strategic Focus/Corporate Strategy/Business-level Strategy/Competitive
Strategies/Implementing strategies I: Management/Implementing
Strategies II: Organisational Issues/Strategic Evaluation and Control
2002 / 334 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
ISBN: 81-7446-273-2 / 71/4x91/2 TEXTBOOK
82
excel
multimedia
Produced in association with
All India Management Association

Rs 499/- (each) plus taxes

Magic Carpet: A Set of 8 CDs

Customer Leadership Towards Cost Competitiveness


NITIN PARANJPE, CEO & Managing Director, Hindustan Unilever R SESHASAYEE, Managing Director, Ashok Leyland Ltd
Limited PUNEET DALMIA, Managing Director, Dalmia Cement (Bharat) Ltd
VINITA BALI, Managing Director, Britannia Industries Limited

Leading through Innovation


Value Creation through People Power
D SHIVAKUMAR, Vice President & Managing Director, Nokia India
SWAMI MITRANAND, Acharya, Chinmaya Mission, Chennai and Private Limited
Director, All India Chinmaya Yuvak Kendra (AICHYK) SHRIDHAR VENKAT, Executive Director, The Akshaya Patra Foundation

Creating Winning Organizations of Tomorrow Values and its Multiple Dimensions


SANJIV GOENKA, Sr Vice President, AIMA and JON WILLIAMS, US National Managing Director - Services
Vice Chairman, RPG Group Deloitte Consulting, USA
SAJJAN JINDAL, Vice Chairman and MD, JSW Steel Group JOHN C CAMILLUS, Donald R Reall Professor of Strategic Management,
K SRIKKANTH, Chairman, All India Selection Committee, BCCI University of Pittsburgh, USA

Creating Lasting Value Value Creation and Ethics


N SRINIVASAN, Vice Chairman & Managing Director, The India JOYDEEP DUTTA GUPTA, Executive Director, Deloitte and Touche
Cements Limited Consulting
DENNIS SUN, President, Asian Association of Management Organisations L LAKSHMAN, Chairman, Rani Holdings Ltd.
(AAMO)
A SIVASAILAM, Chairman, Amalgamations Pvt Ltd

A Set of 5 CDs on HRM

Creating A Leadership Pipeline Compensation & Rewards


VINEET KAUL, Chief People Officer, Hindalco Industries Ltd
The Keys to Success
MANPREET RATIA, Head-HR, Citi Bank
PHILLIP MATHEW, Chief People Officer, HDFC
SANDEEP CHAUDHARY, Practice Leader, South West Asia, Hewitt
Sustaining High Performance Teams Associate
RACHNA MUKHERJEE, Head-HR (Mobility), AIRCEL Ltd SUDHIR V SOHONI, Executive Vice President, Thermax Ltd
UDAI UPENDRA, Managing Director, THE HR COMPANY
ARVIND N AGRAWAL, President - Corporate Development & HR, RPG
Enterprises
Employee Engagement and Communication for the Rainy
Days
SANJAY GOEL, Chief Executive Officer, Simon Carves India Ltd
Managing Uncertainty
soft functions hard operations
ASHWIN SHIRALI, Head-HR, ACCOR Hotels
A V K MOHAN, Head-HR, SPICE

83
excel
multimedia
Produced in association with
All India Management Association

Rs 499/- (each) plus taxes


Magic Carpet: A Set of 6 CDs (Series 4)
Developing the New Business Manager Developing a Global Mindset
INDU SHAHANI, Sheriff of Mumbai JEFFREY WATTS, Partner, Deloitte Tohmatsu Consulting Co. Ltd., Japan
R GOPALAKRISHNAN, Convention Chairman & Executive Director, Tata ANNE NEMER, Associate Dean & Executive Director, University of
Sons Ltd. Pittsburgh
JOHN KERR, Consulting EMEA Regional Leader, Deloitte D SHIVAKUMAR, Managing Director, Nokia India

Changing Marketing Paradigm for the New Manager Innovation: A Key Tool for the New Manager
NIRMALYA KUMAR, Professor of Marketing, London Business School LARRY SCHMITT, Founder and President, Inovo Technologies Inc.
SANTOSH DESAI, CEO, Future Brands RASHMI BARBHAIYA, CEO, Advinus Therapeutics
PRABHAT PANI, CEO, Roots Corporation Ltd.

The Entrepreneur Manager The New Manager


NIRAJ BAJAJ, Chairman, Managing Director, Mukand Limited Intuitive, Humane and Humble
PRASHANT TEWARI, Managing Director, USV Ltd. R GOPALAKRISHNAN, Convention Chairman & Executive Director, Tata
K GANESH, CEO & Founder, Tutor Vista Sons Ltd.
DIVYA MODI, Global Director, Finance, Spice Corp ROOPEN ROY, Managing Director, Deloitte
RAHUL BAJAJ, Chairman, Bajaj Auto Ltd.

Supply Chain Management: A Set of 4 CDs


Global Supply Chain Management and its Design Collaboration and Best Practices in Supply Chain
SUJIT GUHA, Head, Supply Chain, Dabur India Limited Management
GOVIND JAJU, Vice President, Supply Chain, Ranbaxy Laboratories KAPIL AGARWAL, Assistant Vice President, Madura Garments
Limited SANJAY DAWAR, Associate Partner, Accenture India Private Limited

Developing Good Supply Chain Management Managing Supply Chain Effectively


RAJAN ANANDAN, Vice President and General Manager, Dell India S MAITRA, Chief General Manager, SCM, Maruti Udyog Limited
SUMAN SHARMA, Head, Processes, DS Group VENKATA KRISHNA REDDY, Executive Vice President, SCM, Pepsi Food
Limited

A Set of 2 CDs on Business Responsibility Summit

Death of CSR and Birth of Responsible Business The Voice within the Leader
C K PRAHALAD, The Paul and Ruth McCracken Distinguished University SWAMI SUKHBODHANAND, Founder Chairman, Prasanna Trust
Professor of Corporate Strategy, University of Michigan Ross School of R GOPALAKRISHNAN, Executive Director, Tata Sons Ltd.
Business

84
excel
multimedia
Produced in association with
All India Management Association

Rs 499/- (each) plus taxes


Magic Carpet: A Set of 8 CDs (Series 4)
Managing New India Managing New India
Challenges of Change
The Indian MNCs
SANJEEV BIKHCHANDANI, Founder & CEO, Info Edge (India) Pvt Ltd.
SUBIR RAHA, President, AIMA and Former CMD, ONGC
SURESH PRABHU, Member of Parliament
SAMPATH KUMAR MOORTHY, President, Sundram Fasteners

Emerging Leadership Managing New India


The Role of Next Generation Politicians Connecting Across Generations
B J PANDA, Member of Parliament CHETAN TOLIA, MD, Tata Steel-Blue Scope JV
RENU ROY, Director, Spandan
Emerging Leadership
Acquiring a Global Mindset
B MUTHURAMAN, Managing Director, Tata Steel 70 Million Employable Indians: Strategies for Global
Competitiveness
New India as an Emerging Giant in the Asia Pacific ANKITA ABHIJIT BAKRE, A V N P K CHAITANYA, PRAVIN KUMAR
Region NCYM Champion Team, 33rd National Competition for Young Managers,
Bharat Petroleum Co. Ltd.
Japanese and Asian Perspectives
CHAYAN BHATTACHARJEE, SUDIPTO DE
RYOKICHI HIRONO, Professor Emiretus, Seikei University, Tokyo, Japan NCMS Champion Team, 4th National Competition for Management
Indian Perspective Students, PG Program in Retail Management IISWBM-Kolkata
ALAN ROSLING, Executive Director, Tata Sons Ltd.
Perspectives on the Regional Opportunities Managing New India
DENNIS TAI LUN SUN, Vice Chairman, AAMO & Chairman, China Strategies and Perspective
Hong Kong Photo Products Holdings
WILLEM BROCKER, Sr Global Advisor, Pricewaterhouse Coopers
International
Managing New India ASHWANI PURI, Executive Director, Pricewaterhouse Coopers
Striving for Inclusive Growth
AMBARISH DASGUPTA, Executive Director, Pricewaterhouse Coopers,
JOYDEEP DATTA GUPTA, Executive Director, PricewaterhouseCoopers, India India
PRONAB SEN, Secretary, Ministry of Statistics & Programme Implementation

Magic Carpet: A Set of 7 CDs (Series 3)


Megatrends of the Next Decade A Conceptual Framework for Managing Future
PETER SCHWARTZ, Chairman, Global Business Network, Monitor Group, Enhanced Competitiveness - An Antidote to Managing
USA Future
HONG CHEN, Chairman & CEO, The Hina Group Inc., China Managing the Future-Everlasting Takeaways
SHIV NADAR, Convention Chairman and Founder, HCL and Chairman
Winning in the Era of ‘Total Competition’ & CEO, HCL Technologies Ltd.
R GOPALAKRISHNAN, Executive Director, Tata Sons Ltd. MARK B FULLER, Chairman, Monitor Group, USA
B N KALYANI, Chairman & Managing Director, Bharat Forge Ltd. NIKHIL P OJHA, Partner, Monitor Group
DEEPAK PURI, Managing Director, Moser Baer India Ltd.
The Talent Imperatives
Connecting Across Generations - Creating Indian Brands SANTRUPT MISRA, Director-HR, Aditya Birla Management
MOHANBIR SAWHNEY, McCormick Tribune Professor of Technology and Corporation Ltd.
Director, Centre for Research in Technology & Innovation PRAMOD BHASIN, CEO, GENPACT
RAJESH BIYANI AND POOJA BAID, Winners of the 3rd National
Competition for Management Students, (NCMS), AIMA
Transforming Technologies for the Future
V S ARUNACHALAM, Chairman, Center for Study of Science, Technology
The Changing Face of Retailing in India & Policy (CSTEP)
NAVNEET SALUJA, Chief Executive, Reliance Retail-Delhi C KUMAR N PATEL, Chairman & CEO, Pranalytica, Inc.
ARVIND SINGHAL, Chairman, Technopak Advisors Pvt Ltd. G PADMANABHAN, Honorary Distinguished Biotechnologist, Department
of Biochemistry, Indian Institute of Science
85
excel
multimedia
Produced in association with
All India Management Association

Rs 499/- (each) plus taxes

A Set of 3 CDs on HRM Magic Carpet: A Set of 8 CDs (series 2)

Change Management to Change Leadership Connecting with the New Consumer


UDAI UPENDRA, Vice President (Global HR), Ranabaxy Laboratories Ltd. PIYUSH PANDEY, Group President & National Creative Director, Ogilvy
A K BALYAN, Director (HR), ONGC Ltd. & Mather
RUFINO L DELA ROSA, President, Chowking Food Corporation,
Philippines
Collaboration, Trust and Innovative Change
RAJ DATTA, Head (Knowledge Management Group), Mindtree Engaging with the New Indian Citizen
Consulting Pvt Ltd.
SACHIN PILOT, Member of Parliament
YASHO V VERMA, Director (HR & MS), LG Electronics India Ltd.
ARUN MAIRA, Chairman, The Boston Consulting Group, India

Getting Outside the Square Excellence through Organizing across Borders


Implicit HRM Competencies JALAJ DANI, President, International Asian Paints Ltd.
K T PRASAD, Head (HR), ITC IBD NIALL BOOKER, Group General Manager & CEO-India, HSBC Ltd.
YOGI SRIRAM, Sr Vice President (HR), Taj Group (Tata Enterprise)

Connecting across Generations


ABHIJIT DUTTA, MICA, Best Student, 2nd National Paper Writing
Contest
A Set of 4 CDs on Integrated Marketing KEDAR APSHANKAR, Aditya Birla Management Corporation Ltd.,
National Champions, 31st National Competition for Young Managers

Preemptive CRM: Retaining Customers


when Competition Emulates Instilling the ‘DNA’ of Innovation
HARSH MARIWALA, Chairman & Managing Director,
LEN ELLIS, Executive Vice President, Director of Strategy, Wunderman,
Marico Industries Ltd.
USA
JAWAHAR KANJILAL, Director-Rich Media & MBP, Nokia Asia Pacific,
RAJAT SETHI, President, Wunderman India Singapore

Challenging the Leader


Design as a Strategic Differentiator VENU SRINIVASAN, Chairman & MD, TVS Motor Co. Ltd.
Preeti Vyas Gianetti, Chairperson - Vyas Gianetti Creatives RAVINDER ZUTSHI, Dy Managing Director, Samsung Electronics India
Eric Stevens, Professor of Marketing, ESCEM Business School, France Pvt Ltd.

Creating Talent Incubators


Strategies for Youth Dominated Market G K AGARWAL, Executive Director-HR, NTPC Ltd.

Bijou Kurien, COO – Watches; Titan Industries Ltd.


Towards Excellence
Anthony Kent, Director of Postgraduate Studies, Marketing School,
B RAMALINGA RAJU, Chairman, Satyam Computer Services Ltd.
London College of Communications London,UK
K V KAMATH, Managing Director & CEO, ICICI Bank Ltd.
JOHN CLARKESON, Global Chairman, The Boston Consulting Group

Decoding the Cultural Language for Marketing


Santosh Desai, President – McCann Erickson, India
A F Mathew, MICA Faculty

86
excel
multimedia
Produced in association with
All India Management Association

Rs 499/- (each) plus taxes


A Set of 8 Magic Carpet CDs (series 1) A Set of 4 CDs on CRM

People: India’s Advantage Importance of Customer Focus to an Organization


JAYANT KOCHAR, Managing Director, Amoretto Retail Private Limited
N K SINGH, Former Member, Planning Commission
JERRY RAO, Chairman & CEO, Mphasis Software & Services (I) Pvt Ltd.

IT Tools for Enhancing CRM Delivery System Quality


Listening to the People Applications for Delivering CRM
MIRAI CHATTERJEE, Co-ordinator, SEWA SUDHANSHU RAWAT, Sr. Project Manager, Oracle India Private Ltd.
SURESH P PRABHU, Member of Parliament SANJEEV MAGO, Head - Quality, Max New York Life Insurance Co. Ltd.

Mobilizing Change
SUBIR RAHA, Chairman & MD, ONGC Ltd.
GAUTAM THAPAR, Vice Chairman & MD, Ballarpur Industries Ltd.
Organization Architecture/Structures for
Effective Service Delivery
DR. MUKESH CHATURVEDI, Professor, Management Development
Experiences: My Firm and My Journey Institute
RAJIV BAJAJ, Jt. Managing Director, Bajaj Auto NAMRATA RANA, Managing Director, Futurescape
B MUTHURAMAN, Managing Director, Tata Iron & Steel Co. Ltd.
J N GODREJ, Chairman & MD, Godrej Boyce Mfg. Ltd. HR related Aspects of CRM-Reward/Recognition
Systems
Charting New Directions SANJEEV DUGGAL, President, NIS Sparta Ltd.
RAJAN DUTTA, Chief of HR & TQM, Escotel Mobile
BHARAT PURI, Managing Director, Cadbury India Ltd.
Communications Ltd.
ARUN MAIRA, Chairman, The Boston Consulting Group India

Partnering beyond Country Borders


HANS PAUL BUERKNER, CEO, The Boston Consulting Group, Worldwide
“Emerging Paradigms in Branding”
M N KALYANI, Chairman & MD, Bharat Forge Ltd. A Set of 4 CDs
Connecting across Generations Designing World Class Brand
KANIKA MITTAL, Best Student - Paper Writing Contest, 30th NCYM RAVI NAWARE, Chief Executive (Foods Division), ITC Ltd.
SHAILLEY GARG, Team MICO, National Champion Team - 30th National ANAND SEN, Chief (Marketing & Sales) Flat Products, The Tata Iron and
Steel Company Ltd.
Competition for Young Managers (NCYM)

Managing the People, Social and Cultural Dimensions of Product Brand to Company Brand
J SURESH, CEO & Executive Director, MTR Foods Ltd.
Globalization
K B S ANAND, Vice President (Marketing & Sales), Asian Paints Ltd.
DR. KUMAR MANGALAM BIRLA, Chairman, Aditya Birla Group,
ANNE KNOWLES, Senior Specialist, ILO, Bangkok
LORD GRIFFITHS OF FFORESTFACH, Vice Chairman, Goldman Sachs Creating Iconic Brands in Indian Market
International, UK RAHUL KANSAL, Director-TOI Brand Benett Coleman & Co. Ltd.
RAJESH JEJURIKAR, Executive Vice President (Marketing & Sales)
Mahindra & Mahindra

Building Successful Brands in the 21st Century


DHAREN CHADHA, Managing Director, Momentum Strategic Consultants
Pvt. Ltd.
B MUTHURAMAN, Managing Director, The Tata Iron and Steel Company
Ltd.
87
excel
multimedia

Rs 499/- (each) plus taxes


A Set of 6 CDs on HRM
Innovate or Evaporate: HR Innovations HR Execution in a M&A Business Environment
ANIL SACHDEV, Chairman, Grow Talent Company Limited P DWARKANATH, Director-HR, Glaxo Smithkline Consumer Healthcare
RAKESH PANDEY, Chief Human Resources Officer, Marico Industries Limited
Limited ASHWINI PARASHER, Head-Human Resources, Honeywell India

Talent Management Creating a Leadership Pipeline


A useful dimension to Developing Organizational Capability HARI T, Sr. Vice President-HR-Satyam Computers Ltd.
SATISH PRADHAN, Executive Vice President-Group HR, Tata Sons Limited RAJENDRA SINH, President (HR) Petroleum Business, Reliance Petroleum
Limited
P DWARAKNATH, Director-HR, Glaxo Smithkline Consumer Healthcare
Ltd.
Creating Customer Delight
Speed & Agility Delivering Customer Value
Changing with times Creating Customer Centric Organization
Organization in times of continuous change S Y SIDDIQUI, Chief General Manager (HR), Maruti Udyog Limited
S CHANDRASEKHAR, President -HR, Reliance Industries Limited GAUTAM CHAINANI, Director-HR, WNS Global Services
RAJEEV DUBEY, Executive Vice-President, M & M

A Sample clipping from the CD

88
BOOKS AVAILABLE
at*

ANDHRA PRADESH: Hyderabad: Book Selection Centre, Ph.-24446845/43; Jaico Publishing House, Ph.-27551992/5699;
Universal Book Showroom, Ph.-23449920,24757206; UBS Publishers Pvt.Ltd., Ph.-040-23262572; JBD Educationals (P) Ltd., Ph:040-
32998606;Shah Book House Ph:040-23445601; Tirupati\Rayalseema: University Book Centre, Ph.-9441027963; Vijaywada: Sri Venkateswara
Book Depot, Ph.-0866-256038; Bookionics, Ph.-0866-2433383.; Visakhapatnam: JBD Educational Pvt. Ltd. Ph.-:0891-6645858/6645757;
Kazipet: Sunil Book Services; Ph.-9390115435.
ASSAM: Guwahati: Asian Books (P) Ltd. Ph.-2513020, 2635729.
BIHAR: Patna: Bharti Bhawan (P&D), Ph.- 2671356, 2689717; UBS Publishers Distributors Pvt Ltd., Ph.-2672856/3973, 2686170;
Vinayak Book Distributors, Ph.-0612-3245795 India Book Centre, Ph. - 0612-3295213, Amit Book Depot, Ph. - 0612-2300819,2300557.
CHHATISHGARH: Raipur: Bharat National Agency, Ph.- 2535105; Bhilai: Anil Book Depot.
DELHI: Allied Publisher Pvt. Ltd., Ph-23239001, 23233002; Asian Books (P) Ltd., Ph.-23287577/2098, 23271887, 23259151/71/81;
Choudhary Export, Ph.-25755519/0801; Dutta Book Centre, Ph.-23975680; International Book House, Ph.-23858665; Jaico Book Distributor,
Ph.-23260618/4748; Mittal Book Distributors, Ph.-23263913, 23257587; New Age Books, Ph.-23922151; Surendra Book Service,
Ph.-9811068537, 55159385; UBS Publishers Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-23273601/04, 23266645-7; UDH Publishers & Dist. (P)Ltd.
Ph.-51562623/603; University Book House, Ph.-23859154, 23857042; BC Pub & Distributors P Ltd, Ph.- 65235268, 39496150 Variety Book
Distributors, Ph.-9811959790.

GOA: Vidya Vriksh, Ph.- 0832-319718, 314879.


GUJARAT: Ahmedabad: Book Plaza, Ph.-26430386; Books India, Ph.-26575542; Himanshu Book Company,
Ph.-26579685; Jaico Book Distributor, Ph.-26579865/5262; Pocket Book Centre, Ph.-25508328; Baroda: Chirag Book Distributors,
Ph.-2410771; Surat: Bulsar Book Store, Ph.-2464607/9825146263.

HARYANA: Hisar: International Book Centre, Ph.-277479; Kurukshetra: Nirmal Book Dept, Ph.- 238939; Rohtak: Happy Book Depot,
Ph.-2243615/7715.
JAMMU & KASHMIR: Jammu: Radha Krishan Anand & Company; Jay Kay Book Distributor.
JHARKHAND: Jamshedpur: Sen & Co., 9431149748; Ranchi: Crown Book Depot.,Ph.-2202858/8626.
KARNATAKA: Bangalore: Asian Books (P) Ltd., Ph.-22200438; Gangarams Book Bureau, Ph.-25588015/6189/7277; Shakti Books,
Ph.-9845024568, 26574718; Higginbothams Private Limited, Ph.-25325422, 25091697; Intact Book House Pvt.Ltd., Ph.-26611963; Jaico
Book House, Ph.-22267016, 22257083; Kohinoor Book Distributors, Ph- 22261691; Surya Infotainment Products Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-25587621/
302; Prakash Book Depot, Ph.-22201411/24; Sapna Book House, Ph.-40114455; Sankars- The Book People Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-25586867/8; UBS
Publishers’ Distributors Ltd., Ph.-22263901/02, 22253903/5153; Book Paradise; Mangalore: Book World, Ph.-0824-2445484; Sita Book
House, Ph.- 0824-2497744; Higginbothams Pvt Ltd., Ph.- 0824-2427585; Mysore: Higginbothams Pvt Ltd., Ph.- 0821-2512451.

KERALA: Ernakulam: H&C Stores, Ph.- 0484 2375563; Futura Books Kochi Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-0484-2360122; UBS Publishers Distributors
Pvt Ltd., Ph.- 0484-2353901, 2363905; D C Books, Ph- 0484-2362796; Higginbothams Private Limited, Ph.-0484-2368834; Orient Book
House, Ph: 0484 2360071; Kottayam: D C Books, Ph.-0481-2560599; TBS Publishers Distributors, Ph: 0481-2585612;; Kozhikode: D C
Books, Ph.- 0495-2720572; TBS Publishers Distributors, Ph: 0495 2720086; Calicut Book Distributors, Ph; 0495 2723195; Penta Book
Distributors, Ph: 0495 2725746; Cosmo Books, Ph:0495 2703487; Kollam: H&C Stores, Ph.-0474 2765421; Kannur: Athulya Books,
Ph:0497 2709294; TBS Publishers Distributors, Ph:0497 2713713; D C Books, Ph.-0497-2706994; Thiruvananthapuram: Higginbothams
Private Limited, Ph.- 0471-2331622; Modern Book Centre, Ph.- 0471-2331826; D C Books, Ph.- 0471-2470927; H& C Stores,
Ph.-04712572010. Trichur: Cosmo Books, Ph.-0487 2335292; D C Books, Ph,- 0487 2444322.

MADHYA PRADESH: Bhopal: Ajay Publishers & Distributors, Ph.-2542556; Jaico Publishing House, Ph.-4252122; UBS Publisher’s
Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-25203183/93, 2555228; Gwalior: Anand Pustak Sadan, Ph.-2323516; Indore: Shri Indore Book Depot,
Ph.-2432479; Shree Suneeta Book Centre, Ph.-2451009; Scholors Point, Ph.-2434360; Jain Book Stall, Ph.-4054839; Jainson Book Shop,
Ph.-2538787.

MAHARASHTRA: Aurangabad: Samarth Book Depot, Ph.-2335535, 2342134; Kolhapur: Mehta Book Seller,
Ph.-542304; Mumbai: Asian Books, Ph.-22619322, 22623572; Bhaktivedanta Book Distributors, Ph.-2261 0537,Fax: 2261 0537;
89
Book Services Syndicate, Ph.-2265 4344, 6633 5728; Book World Enterprises, Ph.-2201 5331, 2206 8538, Fax: 2205 9934; Books Unlimited,
Ph.-2515 4206, 2512 7118 Fax: 2511 8820; Bookzone, Ph.-2205 4676/17 Fax: 2205 4620; Dharma Enterprise; Jaico Book House,
Ph.-22676702/802/4501; Strand Book Stall ‘Dhannur’, Ph.-22661994, 22661719; Students Agencies Pvt Ltd., Ph.-24903334 (4 Lines);
Swami Book House, Ph.-9920144545, 28985817; UBS Publishers Distributors, Ph.-5637 6922;. 5637 6923 Fax: 5637 6921; Nagpur: Alied
Publishers Pvt Ltd, Ph.-2521122, Fax: 2542625; The Western Book Depot, Ph.-2524659, Fax: 2524659; Venus Book Centre, Ph.-2520781,
253614; Pune: Classics Book Distributors, Ph.-020-24474232, 9371045520; Diamond Book Depot., Ph.- 020- 24480677, 56020282; Jai
Sales, Ph.-56220383, 9823139987; Popular Book House, Ph.-25671737; Star Book Service, Ph.-24486093; The International Book Service,
Ph.-25677405; UBS Publishers & Distributors, Ph-020-24433976, Fax: 56028921; Universal Book Stall, Ph.-24450976, 24451780; Varma
Book Distributors, Ph-020-24450595,24456525, Fax: 020- 24450148.

ORISSA: Bhubaneshwar: Padmalaya, Ph.-0674 -2396922; Saraswat, Ph.-0674 -2544774; UBS Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd.,
Ph.-0674 – 2314446/7/8; Amit Book Depot, Ph.-9238323349; International Book House, Ph.-O674 –3266123.

PONDICHERRY: Higginbothams Pvt Ltd., Ph.-2333836; Vinayak Book Palace, Ph.-2332336.


PUNJAB: Amritsar: National Book Distributors; Kastauri Lal & Sons; Chandigarh: Super Book House; Classic Book Centre; Jalandhar:
Gupta Book Shop; Kashmri Lal & sons; Ludhiana: Pal Book Distributor, Ph.-2446858; Patiala: Central Book Agency, Ph.-283292; S.L. Madan
& Co., Ph.-2224235; Jain Brothers; Madan Book House.

RAJASTHAN: Jaipur: Allied Informatics, Ph.- 0141-2701870; India Book House., Ph.-2314983, 2311191; Raj Book & Subscription
Agency, Ph.-25638260; Raj Pustak Mandir, Ph.-246098; Jodhpur: Education Gallery, Ph.-0291-22635008; Rajasthan Granthaghar,
Ph.-2623933; Udaipur: The Arya Book Center, Ph.-3526160.

TAMIL NADU: Chennai: Alpha Books Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-8277090; Asian Books Pvt Ltd, Ph.-28486927/28; Higginbothams Pvt. Ltd.,
Ph.-28513519/20, 28524220; Jaico Book Distributors, Ph.-28222653/4582, 28233850; Sri Eswar Books, Ph.-24345902; Tamil Nadu Book
House, Ph.-28441043; TBH Library Book Suppliers, Ph.-25387156; TBH Publishers & Distributors, Ph.-28524547/53168; UBS Publisher’s
Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-23746222/351; Coimbatore: Book ‘n’ ALL, Ph-9865207765, 0422-6455347; Cheran Book House, Ph.-2396623;
Higginbothams Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-2390431; Pai & Sons, Ph.-2393024, 5586050; TBH Publishers and Distributors, Ph.-2520491/96; Madurai:
Higginbothams Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-2340528; Thirunelveli: Higginbothams Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-2574801; Tiruchirappalli: Higginbothams Pvt. Ltd.,
Ph.-2704418; Uthagamandalam: Higginbothams Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-2442546.

UTTAR PRADESH: Agra: Associated Booksellers, Ph.- 4008061, 09897877556; Allahabad: A.H.Wheelar & Co. Pvt. Ltd.,
Ph.-2624106; Tripathi Book Distributors, Ph.-2561162; Prayag Pustak Bhawan, Ph.-2461505; Bareilly: Prakash Book Dept Ph.- 09897603670;
Bansal Book Depot, Ph.- 09412187915, 9837164484; Ghaziabad: Jagdamba Book Depot, Ph.-2756063; S.R. Book Distributors, Ph.-2862020;
Gorakhpur: Viddyarthi Pustak Mandir, Ph.-2335002; Kanpur: Universal Book Stall; Lucknow: Allied Publisher Pvt. Ltd, Ph.-2614253,
2201341; Book International, Ph.-9415010787,0522-2333960; International Book Distributing Co., Ph.-2450004/7; New Books & Books
Agencies, Ph.-2281417; New Royal Book Company, Ph.-2285607; UBS Publisher & Distributer Pvt. Ltd., Ph.-2294134, 2615258; Universal
Book Distributing Company, Ph.-2374909; Universal Book Sellers, Ph.-2625894; Useful Book Service, Ph.-2380063, 2346805, 9415017416;
Jaico Publishing House, Ph.-0522-4010788; Meerut: Loyal Book Depot., Ph.-2643623,2666235; Savera Book Distributors, Ph.-2700304;
A R Enterprises, Ph.-9837099092; Varanasi: Ganga Saran & Grand Sons, Ph.-2412425.

UTTARAKHAND: Dehradun: Book World, Ph.-2655845/8793; Bhatt Brothers, Ph.-9410277677, 9759284207. Roorkee: Jogindra
Book Depot, Ph.- 09897138483; India Book Emporium.

WEST BENGAL: Kolkata: Asian Books, Ph.-22363040/9899; Bharati Bhawan (P&D), Ph.-22258836, 22151559; Jaico Publishing
House, Ph.-23600542/3; UBS Publishers & Distributors, Ph.-22529473/1821; Paragon

NEPAL: Kathmandu: Ekta Books Distributors Pvt. Ltd., Ph.- 260862.


PAKISTAN: Paramount Book Distributors, Ph.-2721-4236692.
UK & EUROPE: Motilal (UK) Books of India, Ph.- +44 (0) 1727761677

* All books in this Catalog can also be ordered through your local booksellers.
In case of any difficulty, please contact Mr Suresh at 011-47144444
90
international
title
The Creation of the
University of KwaZulu-Natal
Reflections on a Merger and Transformation Experience

EDITED BY
MALEGAPURU W. MAKGOBA
and
JOHN C. MUBANGIZI

$ 35
ISBN: 978-81-7446-841-3

The University of KwaZulu-Natal (UKZN), created through the merger of the erstwhile (white) University of Natal (UN) and the (Indian)
University of Durban Westville (UDW), is one of the first sets of institutions to be merged in South Africa.
This book is an attempt to reflect on and record the challenges involved in creating a new institution. It provides an invaluable insight into
the mechanics and challenges of the institutional restructuring process in all its complexity. It is an important contribution to the comparative
literature on education policy, in general, and restructuring of higher education, in particular. This book would form an authoritative and
useful reference framework for transformation initiatives that are yet to emerge in a rapidly changing and developing country.

“There is little doubt that this book, reflecting on the dynamics, challenges, strategies and solutions that characterised the historical feat of merging these [two]
institutions, will form an authoritative and useful reference framework for transformation initiatives that are yet to emerge in our rapidly changing and
developing country.”
Dr Vincent Maphai
University of KwaZulu-Natal Chair of Council (2004 - 2007)

“The UKZN merger was the most studied of all mergers in South Africa.”
Professor Mbudzeni Sibara
Former Head of the Department of Education Merger Unit

“All of us who have the interest of higher education at heart, welcome the way in which the merger [of the University of KwaZulu-Natal] has been handled.”
Kader Asmal
Professor Extraordinary, University of the Western Cape,
Minister of Education (1999 - 2004)

91
second edition
Environmental Management
best selling N K UBEROI

titles
Recommended book in the UGC syllabus
A Foundation Course in
Human Values and Professional Ethics 2003 / 424 Pages / PB / Rs. 310
Instructor Manual Available
ISBN: 81-7446-340-2 / 71/4x91/2
Presenting a universal approach to value
education – through self-exploration second edition
R R GAUR Marketing Management
R SANGAL text and cases
G P BAGARIA Indian Context
2009 / 282 Pages / PB / Rs. 175 TAPAN K PANDA, Professor, Marketing, Indian
ISBN: 978-81-7446-781-2 / 71/4x91/2 Instructor Manual Available Institute of Management, Indore

Student CD Included
Management
2006 / 750 Pages / PB / Rs. 350
text and cases ISBN: 81-7446-548-0 / 81/4x11 Instructor Manual Available
V S P RAO, Sri Venkateshwara College, Delhi second edition
University
V HARI KRISHNA Human Resource Management
text and cases
V S P RAO

2002 / 966 Pages / PB / Rs. 320


ISBN: 81-7446-317-8 / 71/4x91/2 Instructor Manual Available

third edition 2005 / 710 Pages / PB / Rs. 350


ISBN: 81-7446-448-4 / 81/4x11 Instructor Manual Available
Advertising and Sales Promotion
S H H KAZMI, Bhartiya Vidya Bhawan Foundations of IT
SATISH K BATRA, University of Rajasthan DHIRAJ SHARMA, Assistant Professor and Head,
Department of Management, Regional Institute of
Management & Technology, Gobindgarh City,
Punjab.

2008 / 658 Pages / PB / Rs. 325


ISBN: 978-81-7446-639-6 / 71/4x91/2 Instructor Manual Available

third edition 2008 / 492 Pages / PB / Rs. 295


ISBN: 978-81-7446-589-4 / 81/4x11 Instructor Manual Available
Fundamentals of Information
Technology third edition
DEEPAK BHARIHOKE, Perot Systems Ltd. Financial Accounting
a managerial emphasis
ASHOK BANERJEE, Professor, Finance and
Control, Indian Institute of Management,
2006 / 654 Pages / PB / Rs. 275 Kolkata
ISBN: 81-7446-481-6 / 71/4x91/2 Instructor Manual Available

Services Marketing 2009 / 794 Pages / PB / Rs. 360


Instructor Manual Available
ISBN: 978-81-7446-743-0 / 71/4x91/2
the Indian perspective
third edition
Text & Readings
RAVI SHANKER, Indian Institute of Foreign Business Law
Trade, New Delhi S S GULSHAN, Former Principal, College of
Business Studies, Delhi University

2002 / 650 Pages / 71/2x91/2


HB / Rs. 650 / ISBN: 81-7446-270-8 Instructor Manual Available
PB / Rs. 325 / ISBN: 81-7446-267-8
2006 / 740 Pages / PB / Rs. 325
ISBN: 81-7446-482-4 / 71/4x91/2 Instructor Manual Available
92